199
SAP TRANSACTION CODES Frequently Used T-Codes Arshad Khan ® “SAP” is a trademark of SAP Aktiengesellschaft, Systems, Applications and Products in Data Processing, Neurottstrasse 16, 69190 Waldorf, Germany. The publisher gratefully acknowledges SAP’s kind permission to use its trademark in this publication. SAP AG is not the publisher of this book and is not responsible for it under any aspect of press law. Published by: Khan Consulting and Publishing LLC PO Box 700012 San Jose CA 95129 USA www.khanbooks.com [email protected] First Edition: January 2010 ©2010 All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or

erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

  • Upload
    vuhanh

  • View
    242

  • Download
    6

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

SAP TRANSACTIONCODESFrequently Used T-CodesArshad Khan®“SAP” is a trademark of SAP Aktiengesellschaft, Systems, Applications andProducts in Data Processing, Neurottstrasse 16, 69190 Waldorf, Germany.The publisher gratefully acknowledges SAP’s kind permission to use itstrademark in this publication. SAP AG is not the publisher of this book andis not responsible for it under any aspect of press law.Published by:Khan Consulting and Publishing LLCPO Box 700012San JoseCA [email protected] Edition: January 2010©2010 All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced ortransmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, includingphotocopy, recording, or any information storage and retrieval system,except for brief passages used in reviews, without the written permission ofthe publisher.ISBN: 978-0-9772838-9-7, 978-0-977-2838-7-3, 978-0-977-2838-8-0Printed in the United States of America

Page 2: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

Table of ContentsAcknowledgement 5Preface 7Part A 9Finance 13Controlling 33Inventory Management 45Materials Management 53Warehouse Management 65Plant Maintenance 73Production Planning 83Project System 101Quality Management 111Sales and Distribution 121Human Resources 137Payroll 153System 159Business Warehouse 171Part B 177

AcknowledgementList of reviewersTikkana AkuratiRon DubucSaurabh AgarwalGaurav JainNito WaalsMalcolm ReidKate BudzinskiRamon Mira5

PrefaceSAPTransaction Codes: Frequently Used T-Codes is a referencebook, which will be a handy tool for those using the SAP businesssoftware. It can be used by casual end users, power/superusers, subject matter experts (SMEs) implementation projectteam members, as well application support staff.SAPTransaction Codes has been divided into two parts:• Part A contains the most widely used T-codes grouped bymodules such as finance, controlling, materials management,human resources, payroll, quality management, etc.

Page 3: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

• Part B lists all the T-codes, sorted alphabetically, along withtheir associated moduleSAP Transaction Codes also contains the following step-by-stepprocedures, which are described in the Appendix:• Executing a transaction code using the shortcut method• Executing a transaction code using the menu tree• Determining the menu tree for a specific T-codeSAP is used by millions of users across a wide range of industries,organizations, and processes. The types of users also varyconsiderably and include casual users, power users, developers,business analysts, managers, etc. Therefore, despite thechallenging environment in which SAP is used, the lists compiledin this book will easily meet the needs of the overwhelmingmajority of SAP users.7SAP TRANSACTION CODES8The T-code descriptions in this book, with a few minor exceptions,reflect what is actually displayed when the SAP transactioncodes are executed. Therefore, you will observe variationsin descriptions, capitalization, and abbreviations.Some T-codes are used in more than one module. However,every T-code that can be used in multiple modules has beenincluded only in one module—the one where it is most widelyused. You should also note that a typical user usually executesonly a few T-codes, anywhere from 5-50, depending on the user’sfunctional role and authorization.I would like to take this opportunity to thank Kara O’Hare, aseasoned SAP professional and colleague, whose assessmentand encouragement led to my decision to proceed with thisproject. I would also like to thank the reviewers, who are listedon the acknowledgement page, for reviewing the list of T-codeswithin their own specialties. Finally, I would like to thank SarahBarrie, who designed the book cover and interior, for ensuring,as always, a very smooth design and production process.Arshad Khan

Part A

Page 4: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

FINANCEFINANCE13T-Code DescriptionAB02 Documents for Asset (Change)AB03 Documents for Asset (Display)AB08 Documents for Asset (Reverse)ABAA Unplanned DepreciationABAON Enter Asset Transaction: Asset Sale without CustomerABAVN Enter Asset Transaction: Asset Retirement by ScrappingABAW Balance Sheet RevaluationABGF Credit Memo in Year after InvoiceABGL Credit Memo in Year of InvoiceABMA Manual DepreciationABNAN Enter Asset Transaction: Post-CapitalizationABNE Subsequent RevenueABNK Subsequent CostsABSO Miscellaneous TransactionsABST2 Reconcil. Program FI-AA <-> G/L: List of accounts showing differencesABT1N Enter Asset Transaction: Intercompany Asset TransferABUMN Enter Asset Transaction: Transfer within Company CodeABZE Acquisition from in-house productionABZON Enter Asset Transaction: Acquis. W/Autom. Offsetting EntryABZP Acquistion from affiliated companyABZU Write-upAFAB Depreciation Posting RunAFAR Recalculate DepreciationAFBP Log of Posting RunAIAB Settlement AuCAIBU AuC SettlementAIST Reversal of Settlement of AuCAJAB Year-end closing Asset AccountingAJRW Asset fiscal year changeAKE1 Create Condition RecordsAKE2 Change Condition RecordsFISAP TRANSACTION CODES14T-Code DescriptionAKE3 Display Condition RecordsAR01 Asset BalancesAR11 Investment Support

Page 5: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

AR31 Edit WorklistAS01 Create AssetAS02 Change AssetAS03 Display AssetAS04 Changes AssetAS05 Block AssetAS06 Delete AssetAS11 Create SubnumberAS21 Create Group AssetAS22 Change Group AssetAS23 Display Group AssetAS25 Block Group AssetAUN0 Analysis of an asset and its environment: Data collect. and analysisAUVA Incomplete Assets - Detail ListAW01N Asset ExplorerBPC1 Create Business PartnerBPC2 Change Business PartnerBPC3 Display Business PartnerBPC4 Create business partner from customerBPC5 Change business partner with customer referenceBPCD Change Documents (business partner)CRF1 Payment Cards: Read, Display, Check, Save Incoming FileCRF2 Payment Cards: Delete Saved FileCRF3 Payment Cards: Display File, Create Postings, Edit LogCRK1 Card Document CreateCRK2 Card Document ChangeCRK3 Card Document DisplayCRS1 Payment Card Master Record CreateFINANCE15T-Code DescriptionCRS2 Payment Card Master Record ChangeCRS3 Payment Card Master Record DisplayCXL1 Create LedgerCXL2 Change Ledger: OverviewCXL3 Display Ledger: OverviewCXL4 Delete LedgerF.03 Financial Accounting Comparative AnalysisF.05 Foreign Currency ValuationF.07 Carry Forward Receivables/PayablesF.08 G/L: Account BalancesF.09 G/L: Account ListF.10 Chart of AccountsF.13 Automatic ClearingF.14 Create Posting Documents from Recurring DocumentsF.15 Recurring Entry DocumentsF.19 Analyze GR/IR Clearing Accountsand Display Acquisition TaxF.1A Grouping Customer/Vendor Master RecordsF.20 Customer ListF.21 List of Customer Line ItemsF.22 Customer Evaluation with OI Sorted ListF.23 Customer Balances in Local CurrencyF.24 Calculate Interest on ArrearsF.25 Bill of Exchange ListF.26 Customer Interest Scale

Page 6: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

F.27 Periodic Account StatementsF.28 SD, FI: Recreation of Credit Data after Organizational ChangesF.31 Credit OverviewF.32 Customers with Missing Credit DataF.35 Credit Master SheetF.38 Deferred Tax TransferF.40 Vendor ListFISAP TRANSACTION CODES16T-Code DescriptionF.41 List of Vndor Line ItemsF.42 Vendor Balances in Local CurrencyF.44 Vendor Interest ScaleF.45 Define Background JobF.50 Profit and Loss AdjustmentF.51 General Ledger Line ItemsF.52 G/L Account Interest ScaleF.53 Account Assignment ManualF.56 Delete Reference DocumentsF.57 Delete Reference DocumentsF.58 Open Item Account Balance Audit Trail from the Document FileF.5D Calculate Balance Sheet AdjustmentF.5E Post Balance Sheet AdjustmentF.64 Maintain Correspondence RequestsF.80 Mass Reversal of DocumentsF.81 Reverse Accrual/Deferral DocumentsF.97 Application Tree Report Selection General LedgerF.98 Application Tree Report Selection VendorsF.99 Application Tree Report Selection CustomersF/LA Create Pricing ReportF/LB Change Pricing ReportF/LC Display Pricing reportF000 Financial Accounting Information SystemF-01 Enter Sample Document Header DataF-02 Enter G/L Account Posting: Header DataF-03 Clear G/L Account: Header DataF-04 Post with Clearing: Header DataF-05 Post Foreign Currency Valuation: Header DataF-06 Post Incoming Payments: Header DataF-07 Post Outgoing Payments: Header DataF110 Parameters for automatic paymentFINANCE17T-Code DescriptionF110S Report for the Automatic Scheduling of the Payment ProgramF111 Automatic Payment Transactions for Payment RequestsF150 DunningF-19 Reverse Statistical Posting: Header DataF-20 Reverse Bill Liability: Header DataF-21 Enter Transfer Posting: Header DataF-22 Enter Customer Invoice: Header DataF-23 Return Bill of Exchange Pmt Request: Header DataF-26 Incoming Payments Fast Entry: Header Data

Page 7: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

F-27 Enter Customer Credit Memo: Header DataF-28 Post Incoming Payments: Header DataF-29 Post Customer Down Payment: Header DataF-30 Post with Clearing: Header DataF-31 Post Outgoing Payments: Header DataF-32 Clear Customer: Header DataF-33 Post Bill of Exchange Usage: Header DataF-34 Post Collection: Header DataF-35 Post Forfaiting: Header DataF-36 Bill of Exchange Payment: Header DataF-37 Customer Down Payment Request: Header DataF-38 Enter Statistical Posting: Header DataF-39 Clear Customer Down Payment: Header DataF-40 Bill of Exchange Payment: Header DataF-41 Enter Vendor Credit Memo: Header DataF-42 Enter Transfer Posting: Header DataF-43 Enter Vendor Invoice: Header DataF-44 Clear Vendor: Header DataF-47 Down Payment Request: Header DataF-48 Post Vendor Down Payment: Header DataF-49 Customer noted itemF-51 Post with Clearing: Header DataFISAP TRANSACTION CODES18T-Code DescriptionF-52 Post Incoming Payments: Header DataF-53 Post Outgoing Payments: Header DataF-54 Clear Vendor Down Payment: Header DataF-55 Enter Statistical Posting: Header DataF-56 Reverse Statistical Posting: Header DataF-57 Vendor Noted Item: Header DataF-62 Change View “Currency Exchange Rates”: OverviewF-63 Park Document: Document HeaderF-64 Park Document: Document HeaderF-65 Park Document: Document HeaderF-66 Park Document: Document HeaderF-67 Park Document: Document HeaderF801 Create Payment RequestF802 Change payment requestF803 Display payment requestF804 Changes to payment requestsF8BT Display Payment RequestsF8BU Create Payment Runs for Payment RequestsF8BV Reversal of bank-to-bank transfersF8BW Reverse Clearing of PaymenesRequestsF8Q8 Create Posting Documents from Standing RequestsF-90 Acquisition from purchase w. vendorF-91 Asset Acquis. Posted w/Clearing Acct: Header DataF-92 Asset Retire. frm Sale w/ Customer: Header DataFB00 Accounting Editing OptionsFB01 Post Document: Header DataFB01L General Posting for Ledger Group: Header DataFB02 Change Document

Page 8: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

FB03 Display DocumentFB04 Document ChangesFB05 Post with Clearing: Header DataFINANCE19T-Code DescriptionFB08 Reverse Document: Header DataFB09 Change Line ItemsFB09D Display Line ItemsFB10 Invoice/Credit Fast Entry: Header DataFB11 Post Held Document: Header DataFB12 Request CorrespondenceFB13 Release Line ItemFB1D Clear Customer: Header DataFB1K Clear Vendor: Header DataFB1S Clear G/L Account: Header DataFB21 Enter Statistical Posting: Header DataFB22 Reverse Statistical Posting: Header DataFB31 Enter Noted Item: Header DataFB50 Enter G/L Account Document: Company Code XXXFB50L Enter G/L Acct Document for Ledger GroupFB60 Enter Vendor Invoice: Company Code XXXFB65 Enter Vendor Credit Memo: Company Code XXXFB70 Enter Customer Invoice: Company Code XXXFB75 Enter Customer Credit Memo: Company Code XXXFBA1 Customer Down Payment Request: Header DataFBA2 Post Customer Down Payment: Header DataFBA3 Clear Customer Down Payment: Header DataFBA6 Vendor Down Payment Request: Header DataFBA7 Post Vendor Down Payment: Header DataFBA8 Clear Vendor Down Payment: Header DataFBB1 Post Foreign Currency Valn: Header DataFBCJ Cash Journal XXX Company Code XXXFBD1 Enter Recurring Entry: Header DataFBD2 Change Recurring DocumentFBD3 Display Recurring DocumentFBD4 Recurring Document ChangesFISAP TRANSACTION CODES20T-Code DescriptionFBD5 Realize Recurring Entry: Header DataFBD9 Enter Recurring Entry: Header DataFBE1 Create Payment AdviceFBE2 Change Payment AdviceFBE3 Display Payment AdviceFBE6 Delete Payment AdviceFBKP Maintain Accounting ConfigurationFBL1N Vendor Line Item DisplayFBL2N Vendor Line Item DisplayFBL3N G/L Account Line Item DisplayFBL4N G/L Account Line Item DisplayFBL5N Customer Line Item DisplayFBL6N Customer Line Item Display

Page 9: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

FBM1 Enter Sample DocumentFBM2 Change Sample DocumentFBM3 Display Sample DocumentFBM4 Sample Document ChangesFBMA Display Dunning Procedure: ListFBME SAP Easy Access BanksFBMP Maintain Dunning Procedure: ListFBN1 Number Ranges for Accounting DocumentsFBN2 Internal number ranges for payment ordersFBP1 Enter Payment RequestFBR1 Post with Reference Document: Header DataFBR2 Post Document: Header DataFBRA Reset Cleared ItemsFBRC Reverse clearing with payment card dataFBS1 Enter Accrual/Deferral Doc.: Header DataFBU2 Change TransactionFBU3 Display TransactionFBU8 Reverse Cross-Company Code Transaction: Header DataFINANCE21T-Code DescriptionFBV0 Post Parked DocumentFBV1 Park Document: Document HeaderFBV2 Change Parked DocumentFBV3 Display Parked DocumentFBV4 Change Parked Document (Header)FBV5 Document changes of parked documentFBV6 Reject Parked DocumentFBVB Post parked documentFBW1 Enter Bill of Exchange Pmnt Request: Header DataFBW2 Post Bill of Exch. acc. to Pmt Request: Header DataFBW4 Reverse Bill Liability: Header DataFBW5 Customer Check/Bill of Exchange: Header DataFBW6 Vendor Check/Bill of ExchangeFBZ0 Payment ProposalFBZ1 Post Incoming Payments: Header DataFBZ2 Post outgoing paymentsFBZ3 Incoming Payments Fast Entry: Header DataFBZ4 Payment with Printout: Header DataFBZ5 Print Form for Payment DocumentFBZ8 Display Payment RunFBZG Editing of Failed Payment TransactionsFCH1 Display Check InformationFCH2 Payment Document ChecksFCH3 Void Checks Not UsedFCH4 Renumber ChecksFCH5 Create Check InformationFCH6 Change Check Information/Cash CheckFCH7 Reprint CheckFCH8 Cancel Check PaymentFCH9 Void Issued ChecksFCHD Delete Check Information on Payment RunFISAP TRANSACTION CODES

Page 10: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

22T-Code DescriptionFCHE Delete Check Information on Voided ChecksFCHF Delete Information on Checks Created ManuallyFCHG Reset Check Information DataFCHI Check LotsFCHK SAP Easy Access Check ManagementFCHN Check RegisterFCHR Online Cashed ChecksFCHX Check Extract CreationFCMN SAP Easy Access ConsolidationFD01 Customer CreateFD02 Customer ChangeFD03 Customer DisplayFD04 Customer Account ChangesFD05 Customer Block/UnblockFD06 Customer Flag for DeletionFD08 Customer Confirm ChangeFD09 Display/Confirm Critical Customer ChangesFD10N Customer Balance DisplayFD10NA Customer Balance DisplayFD11 Customer: Initial Screen Account AnalysisFD15 Transfer Customer Master Data from Source Company CodeFD16 Transfer customer changes: ReceiveFD24 Credit Management ChangesFD32 Customer Credit Management ChangeFD33 Customer Credit Management DisplayFDIC Currency Translation TypeFEBA Edit Bank StatementFEBP Post electronic bank statementFF.5 Select Program: Import Electronic Bank StatementFF.6 Select Program: Display Electronic Bank StatementFF_3 Cashed Checks per Bank AccountFINANCE23T-Code DescriptionFF_4 Outstanding Checks Analysis per G/L Account and VendorFF_5 Bank Statements: Various FormatsFF_6 Display electronic bank statementFF63 Create Memo RecordFF67 Process Manual Bank StatementFF68 Edit Check Deposit ListFF6B Memo Records: ListFF71 Cash Management and ForecastFF72 Cash Management and ForecastFF73 Automatic Cash ConcentrationFF74 Access Automatic Cash Concentration Using a ProgramFF7A Cash Management and ForecastFF7B Cash Management and ForecastFG99 Flexible G/L: Report selectionFGI0 Execute Drill-Down ReportFGI1 Create Drill-Down ReportFGI2 Change Report: SettingsFGI3 Display Report: SettingsFGI4 Report Painter: Create Form

Page 11: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

FGI5 Report Painter: Change FormFGI6 Report Painter: Display FormFI01 Create BankFI02 Change BankFI03 Display BankFI04 Bank Data ChangesFI06 Set bank Deletion FlagFIAA SAP Easy Access Asset Accounting Information SystemFK01 Create VendorFK02 Change VendorFK03 Display VendorFK04 Vendor Account ChangesFISAP TRANSACTION CODES24T-Code DescriptionFK05 Block/Unblock VendorFK06 Flag for Deletion VendorFK08 Confirm Change VendorFK09 Display/Confirm Critical Vendor ChangesFK10N Vendor Balance DisplayFKI0 Execute Drill-Down ReportFKI1 Create Drill-Down ReportFKI2 Change Report: SettingsFKI3 Display Report: SettingsFKI4 Report Painter: Create FormFKI5 Report Painter: Change FormFKI6 Report Painter: Display FormFKMT Account Assignment ModelFLB1 Postprocessing Lockbox DataFLB2 Main Lockbox ProgramFLBP Main Lockbox ProgramFM03 Display FM DocumentFM5I Create FundFM5S Display FundFM5U Change FundFM9B Copy Budget VersionFM9C Plan Data Transfer from COFM9D Lock Budget VersionFM9E Unlock Budget VersionFMEDD Display Entry DocumentFMN0 Transfer Documents from Financial AccountingFMR1 Actual/commitment reportFMR3 Plan/Actual/Commitment ReportFMSA Create Funds Center in FM AreaFMX1 Funds Reservation: Create InitScrnFMX2 Funds Reservation: Change InitScrnFINANCE25T-Code DescriptionFMX3 Funds Reservation: Display InitScrnFMY1 Funds precommitment: Create InitScrnFMY2 Funds precommitment: Change InitScrnFMY3 Funds precommitment: Display InitScrn

Page 12: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

FPS3 Same day Statement: Create memo recordsFQUK Query from User Group FKFS00 Edit G/L Account CentrallyFS01 Edit G/L Account CentrallyFS02 Edit G/L Account CentrallyFS03 Edit G/L Account CentrallyFS04 Central G/L Account ChangesFS05 Edit G/L Account CentrallyFS06 Edit G/L Account CentrallyFS10N G/L Account Balance DisplayFSE2 Change Financial Statement VersionFSP0 Edit G/L Account Chart of accts dataFSP1 Edit G/L Account Chart of accts dataFSP2 Edit G/L Account Chart of accts dataFSP3 Edit G/L Account Chart of accts dataFSP4 G/L Account Changes in Chart of AcctsFSS4 G/L Account Changes in Comp. CodeFV50 Park G/L Account DocumentFV60 Park Vendor InvoiceFV65 Park Vendor Credit MemoFWBS Manual PostingFWDP Securities: Securities Account ListFWOEZ Manual Posting / Debit Position: ReverseFWSO Securities: Automatic Debit PositionFWUP Securities: Update Planned RecordsFWZE Manual Debit PositionFWZZ Display Class - Product Type: ID NumberFISAP TRANSACTION CODES26T-Code DescriptionFZM4 SAP Easy Access Treasury Management Information SystemFZMN SAP Easy Access Treasury Management Basic FunctionsIM01 Create Inv. Program DefinitionIM02 Change Inv. Program DefinitionIM03 Display Inv. Program DefinitionIM05 Reassignment of measures/app. RequestsIM22 Change Inv. Program StructureIM23 Display Inv. Program StructureIM27 Open New Approval YearIM30 Change Program Budget SupplementIM31 Display Program Budget SupplementIM32 Change Original Program BudgetIM33 Display Original Program BudgetIM34 Rollup of plan valuesIM35 Change Program PlanningIM36 Display Program PlanningIM38 Change Program Budget ReturnIM39 Display Program Budget ReturnIM52 Budget distributionIM53 Display budget distributionIMA11 Display Appropriation RequestIMCAOV Investment Program Budget CarryforwardIMCCV1 Copy Plan Version (Investment Program)

Page 13: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

IMR4 Master data list - App. requests w/o %distrib., w/o variantsIMR5 Master data list - App. requests with %distrib., w/o variantsIMR6 Master data list - App. requests w/o %distrib., w/variantsIMR7 Master data list - App. requests with %distrib., w/variantsMIR4 Display Invoice DocumentMIR6 Invoice overview - selection criteriaMIR7 Park Incoming InvoiceMIRA Enter Incoming InvoiceFINANCE27T-Code DescriptionMIRO Enter Incoming InvoiceMR8M Cancel Invoice DocumentMRBR Release Blocked InvoicesMRKO Consignment and Pipeline SettlementMRRL Evaluated Receipt Settlement (ERS) with Logistics Invoice VerificationOADB Change View “Define Depreciation Areas” : OverviewOAY2 Change View “Asset class”: OverviewOB08 Change View “Currency Exchange Rates”: OverviewOB52 Change View “Posting Periods: Specify Time Intervals”: OverviewOB55 Maintain Worklists: ObjectsTBB1 Treasury: Post FlowsTBB4 Treasury: Accrual/Deferral of Expenses and RevenuesTBB5 Treasury: Reverse Accrual/DeferralTBI1 Create/Change Payment DetailsTBI5 Create/Change Standing Instructions Corresp.TBI5D Standing Instructions CorrespondenceTBI6 Create/Change Transaction AuthorizationTBI7 Create/Change Derived FlowsTBT1 Create/Change Trans. Authorization for TraderTBZ1 Create Correspondence on Basis of Planned RecordsTBZ11 Correspondence MonitorTI10 Create Interest Rate AdjustmentTI11 Change Interest Rate AdjustmentTI12 Display Interest Rate AdjustmentTI37 Reverse Interest Rate AdjustmentTI90 Manua; Posting ReleaseTI93 Manual Posting BlockTJ05 Automatic interest rate adjustmentTJ09 Update Planned RecordsTK11 Create Condition RecordsTK12 Change Condition RecordsFISAP TRANSACTION CODES28T-Code DescriptionTK13 Display Condition RecordsTK14 Create Condition Records with ReferenceTM_60 Facilities: Lines of Credit and UtilizationTM_60A Facilities: Lines of Credit, Drawings and FeesTM00 Money Market: Collective ProcessingTM1F Deposit at notice fast entryTM20 Time Deposit - Fast ProcessingTM21 Deposits at Notice Cash Flow Update

Page 14: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

TM22 Date CheckTMFM Money Market: Generate the Cash FlowTMR1 Money Market: Position ListTPM1 Execute ValuationTPM10 Fix.. Post or Reverse TransactionsTPM12 Subledger PositionsTPM13 Subledger Cash FlowTPM18 Fix and Post Derived Business TransactionsTPM2 Reverse ValuationTPM20 Posting JournalTPM26 Position List for Quantity Ledger PositionsTPM27 Generate Derived FlowsTPM40 Display Class Cash Flow for Sec. AccountTPM41 Display Securities Account Position ListTPM42 Display Class Position ListTPM44 Treasury Products: Accrual/Deferral of IncomeTPM45 Treasury Products: Reverse Accrual/Deferral of IncomeTPM57A Display Position IndicatorTPM57C Display Position IndicatorTS00 Securities: Collective ProcessingTS01 Create Security TransactionTS02 Change Security TransactionTS03 Execute Security OrderFINANCE29T-Code DescriptionTS04 Settle Security ContractTS07 Reverse Security TransactionTS08 History of Security TransactionWL00 SAP Easy Access VendorWPCA Payment Cards: Execute SettlementXD01 Customer CreateXD02 Customer ChangeXD03 Customer DisplayXD04 Customer Account ChangesXD05 Customer Block/UnblockXD06 Customer Flag for DeletionXD07 Change Account GroupXD99 Mass Maintenance: CustomersXDN1 Customer Number RangesXEIP Number Range for Export/ImportXK01 Create VendorXK02 Change VendorXK03 Display VendorXK04 Vendor Account ChangesXK05 Block/Unblock VendorXK06 Flag for Deletion VendorXK07 Change Account GroupXK99 Mass Maintenance: VendorsFI

Page 15: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

CONTROLLINGCONTROLLING33T-Code Description1KE4 Profit Center Accounting: Assignment Monitor1KE8 Transfer Documents from Financial Accounting1KEK Profit Center Accounting: Transfer Payables/Receivables2KEU Copy Cost Center Groups2KEV Copy Cost Centers6KEA Display Change Documents7KE1 Change Plan Costs/Revenues: Characteristics7KE2 Display Plan Costs/Revenues: Characteristics8KEG Create Pricing Report9KE9 Display DocumentC000 Overhead Cost Controlling Information SystemCKMLCP Costing Cockpit: Actual Costing - Change/ExecuteCKMPCD Price Change DocumentKA01 Create Cost ElementKA02 Change Cost ElementKA03 Display Cost ElementKA04 Delete Cost ElementKA23 Display Cost ElementKA24 Delete Cost elementsKABL Planning ReportKAH1 Create Cost element groupKAH2 Change Cost element groupKAH3 Display Cost element groupKAK2 "Change View ""Statistical Key Figures"": Overview"KAK3 "Display View ""Statistical Key Figures"": Overview"KB21N Enter Direct Activity AllocationKB23 Display Direct Activity AllocationKB24 Reverse Direct Activity AllocationKB31N Enter Statistical Key FiguresKB33N Display Statistical Key FiguresKB34N Reverse Statistical Key FiguresCOSAP TRANSACTION CODES34T-Code DescriptionKB41N Enter Manual Repostings of RevenuesKB43N Display Manual Repostings of RevenuesKB44N Reverse Manual Repostings of RevenuesKB65 Enter IAA Reposting: Document Row SelectionKB66 Display IAA Reposting: Document Row Selection

Page 16: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

KB67 Reverse IAA Reposting: Document Row SelectionKBH1 Create Statistical Key Figure GroupKBH2 Change Statistical Key Figure GroupKBH3 Display Statistical Key Figure GroupKCH1 Create Profit Center GroupKCH2 Change Profit Center GroupKCH3 Display Profit Center GroupKCH5N Standard Hierarchy for Profit Centers ChangeKCH6N Standard Hierarchy for Profit Centers DisplayKE21N CO-PA Line item entryKE24 Line item display - Actual dataKE25 Line item display - Plan dataKE27 Periodic valuationKE2D Display Sales Orders Containing ErrorsKE30 Execute profitability reportKE31 Create profitability reportKE32 Change reportKE41 Create Condition RecordsKE42 Change Condition RecordsKE43 Display Condition RecordsKE4N Change Pricing ReportKE4O Display Pricing reportKE4Q Execute Pricing ReportKE50 SAP Easy Access Profit Center AccountingKE51 Create Profit CenterKE52 Change Profit CenterCONTROLLING35T-Code DescriptionKE53 Display Profit CenterKE54 Delete Profit CentersKE56 Assignment of Profit Centers to Company Codes - ChangeKE5Y Profit Center: Plan Line ItemsKE5Z Profit Center: Actual Line ItemsKEPM CO-PA PlanningKES1 Change Characteristic ValuesKEU5 Perform act. cost-ctr cost transferKEU8 Change plan transfer of CCtr costsKEU9 Display plan transfer of CCtr costsKEUB Perform plan cost-ctr cost transferKGI2 Actual Overhead Calculation: OrderKJH1 Create WBS element groupKJH2 Change WBS element groupKJH3 Display WBS element groupKK01 Create Statistical Key FigureKK02 Change Statistical Key FigureKK03 Display Statistical Key FigureKK04 Master Data Report: Statistical Key FiguresKK11 Create Condition RecordsKK12 Change Condition RecordsKK13 Display Condition RecordsKK14 Create Condition Records with ReferenceKK87 Actual Settlement: Product Cost CollectorKK88 Actual Settlement: Cost ObjectKK89 Actual settlement: Cost Object

Page 17: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

KKA0 Change Cutoff PeriodKKA3 Results Analysis for Sales OrderKKA6 Results Analysis for Sales Order: Enter DataKKA9 Delete Results Analysis Data for Sales OrderKKAK Actual Results Analysis: Sales OrdersCOSAP TRANSACTION CODES36T-Code DescriptionKKAO Calculate Work in Progress: Collective ProcessingKKAS Calculate Work in Progress: Individual ProcessingKKAX Calculate Work in Progress: Individual ProcessingKKBC Application Tree Report Selection Product Cost ControllingKKC1 Create Cost ObjectKKC2 Change Cost ObjectKKC3 Display Cost ObjectKKC7 Create Product GroupKKC8 Change Product GroupKKC9 Display Product GroupKKCA Display Variance Line Items for Cost ObjectsKKCS Display Actual Cost Line Items for Cost ObjectsKKF1 Create CO Production OrderKKF2 Change CO Production Order/QM OrderKKF3 Display CO Production Order/QM OrderKKF4 Change Order PlanningKKF6M Create Multiple Product Cost Collectors for Production VersionsKKF6N Display Product Cost CollectorKKF7 Change Product Cost CollectorKKFB Display Variance Line Items for OrdersKKG1 Order: Enter Cost of SalesKKG2 Project: Enter Cost of SalesKKG3 Sales Order: Enter Cost of SalesKKH1 Create Cost object groupKKH2 Change Cost object groupKKH3 Display Cost object groupKKP4 Display Cost Object HierarchyKKP6 Reports: Cost Object HierarchyKKRC Summarization: CO objectKKS1 Variance CalculationKKS2 Variance CalculationCONTROLLING37T-Code DescriptionKKS5 Variance CalculationKKS6 Variance CalculationKL01 Create Activity TypeKL02 Change Activity TypeKL03 Display Activity TypeKL04 Delete Activity TypeKL05 Display Change Documents: Activity TypeKL13 Display Activity TypesKL14 Delete Activity TypesKLH1 Create Activity type groupKLH2 Change Activity type group

Page 18: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

KLH3 Display Activity type groupKO01 Create Internal OrderKO02 Change Internal OrderKO03 Display Internal OrderKO04 Order ManagerKO12 Change Overall PlanningKO12N Overall planning for orders: changeKO13 Display Overall PlanningKO13N Overall planning for orders: DisplayKO14 Copy PlanningKO14N Set planner profileKO15 Copy Actual to PlanKO22 Change Original BudgetKO23 Display Original BudgetKO24 Change SupplementKO25 Display SupplementKO2A Change DocumentKO2B Display DocumentKO88 Actual Settlement: OrderKO8B Display settlement documentCOSAP TRANSACTION CODES38T-Code DescriptionKO8G Actual Settlment: OrdersKO9E Planned Settlement: Internal ordersKO9G Planned Settlement: Internal ordersKOB1 Display Actual Cost Line Items for OrdersKOB2 Display Commitment Line Items for OrdersKOB3 Display Variance Line Items for OrdersKOB4 Display Budget Line Items for OrdersKOB8 Display Results Analysis Line Items for OrdersKOC4 Order SelectionKOCF Fiscal year close: Carry forward commitmentKOCO Budget Carryforward for OrdersKOH1 Create Order GroupKOH2 Change Order GroupKOH3 Display Order GroupKOK2 Collective Processing for Internal OrdersKOK3 Collective Display for Internal OrdersKOK4 Automatic Collective Processing for Internal OrdersKOK5 Master Data List for OrdersKOW1N Create Actual Periodic Reposting CycleKOW2N Change Actual Periodic Reposting CycleKOW3N Display Actual Periodic Reposting CycleKOW4N Delete Actual Periodic Reposting CycleKP04 Set planner profileKP06 Change CElem/Activity input planningKP07 Display planning CElem/Act. inputKP26 Change Activity Type/Price PlanningKP27 Display Activity Type/Price PlanningKP46 Change Statistical Key Figure PlanningKP47 Display Statistical Key Figure PlanningKP90 Delete Planned Costs (All Integrated Planning Objects)

Page 19: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

KP98 Copy Actual to PlanCONTROLLING39T-Code DescriptionKP9R Copy CO Resource PricesKPD6 Change Statistical Key Figure PlanningKPD7 Display Statistical Key Figure PlanningKPF6 Change CElem/activity input planninKPF7 Display CElem./Acty input planningKPG5 Report Painter: Create Orders: Planning layout for cost elements/activKPG6 Report Painter: Change Orders: Planning layout for cost elements/activKPG7 Report Painter: Display Orders: Planning layout for cost elements/activKPSI Execute Plan ReconciliationKRMI Display Actual Cost Line Items for OrdersKS01 Create Cost CenterKS02 Change Cost CenterKS03 Display Cost CenterKS04 Delete Cost CenterKS05 Display Change Documents: Cost CenterKS12 Change Cost CentersKS13 Display Cost CentersKS14 Delete Cost CentersKSB1 Display Actual Cost Line Items for Cost CentersKSB2 Display Commitment Line Items for Cost CentersKSBP Display Plan Cost Line Items for Cost CentersKSBT Activity Type Price ReportKSC1N Create Cycle for Actual Indirect Activity AllocationKSC2N Change Cycle for Actual Indirect Activity AllocationKSC3N Display Cycle for Actual Indirect Activity AllocationKSC4N Delete Cycle for Actual Indirect Activity AllocationKSC6N Act. indirect acty alloc.: OverviewKSC7N Create Cycle for Planned Indirect Activity AllocationKSC8N Change Cycle for Planned Indirect Activity AllocationKSC9N Display Cycle for Planned Indirect Activity AllocationKSCB Execute plan indirect acty alloc.COSAP TRANSACTION CODES40T-Code DescriptionKSCCN Document List for Selected CycleKSH1 Create Cost Center GroupKSH2 Change Cost Center GroupKSH3 Display Cost Center GroupKSS4 Plan Cost SplittingKSU1N Create Actual Assessment CycleKSU2N Change Actual Assessment CycleKSU3N Display Actual Assessment CycleKSU4N Delete Actual Assessment CycleKSU5 Execute actual assessmentKSU6N Document List for Selected CycleKSU7N Create Plan Assessment CycleKSU8N Change Plan Assessment CycleKSU9N Display Plan Assessment CycleKSUAN Delete Plan Assessment Cycle

Page 20: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

KSUB Execute plan assessmentKSUCN Plan assessment: OverviewKSV1N Create Actual Distribution CycleKSV2N Change Actual Distribution CycleKSV3N Display Actual Distribution CycleKSV4N Delete Actual Distribution CycleKSV5 Execute actual distributionKSV6N Actual distribution: OverviewKSV7N Create Plan Distribution CycleKSV8N Change Plan Distribution CycleKSV9N Display Plan Distribution CycleKSVAN Delete Plan Distribution CycleKSVCN Plan distribution: OverviewKSWB Execute plan periodic repostingKVA5 Transfer Actual Data from LISOKENN Standard Hierarchy for Cost Centers DisplayCONTROLLING41T-Code DescriptionOKEON Standard Hierarchy for Cost Centers ChangeOKKP "Change View ""Basic data"": Overview (Maintain Controlling Area)"OKO5 Delete CO ordersOKP1 Maintain Period LockOKP2 Display Period LockPCA1 Create Production CampaignPCA2 Change Production CampaignPCA3 Display Production CampaignPCCO Production Campaign: Costs - ItemizationCO

INVENTORYMANAGEMENTINVENTORY MANAGEMENT45T-Code DescriptionMB00 SAP Easy Access Inventory ManagementMB01 Goods Receipt for Purchase OrderMB02 Change Material DocumentMB03 Display Material Document

Page 21: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

MB04 Subcontracting Subsequent AdjustmentMB0A Goods Receipt - PO UnknownMB1A Enter Goods IssueMB1B Enter Transfer PostingMB1C Enter Other Goods ReceiptsMB21 Create ReservationMB22 Change ReservationMB23 Display ReservationMB24 Reservation List Inventory ManagementMB25 Reservation List Inventory ManagementMB26 Pick ListMB51 Material Document ListMB52 Display Warehouse Stocks of MaterialMB53 Plant AvailabilityMB54 Display Consignment StocksMB56 Display Batch Where-Used ListMB58 Display Consignment and Returnable Packaging Stocks at CustomerMB59 Material Document ListMB5B Stocks on Posting DateMB5C Pick-Up List for Batch Where-Used ListMB5K Stock Consistency CheckMB5L List of Stock Values: BalancesMB5M Shelf Life ListMB5S List of GR/IR BalancesMB5T Display Stock in TransitMB5U Analysis of Conversion DifferencesMB90 Output from Goods MovementsIMSAP TRANSACTION CODES46T-Code DescriptionMBBM Batch Input: Post Material DocumentMBBR Batch Input: Create ReservationMBBS Valuated Sales Order and Project StockMBC1 Create Batch Search StrategyMBC2 Change Batch Search StrategyMBC3 Display Batch Search StrategyMBGR Material Docmts. With Reason f. MvtMBLB Stocks at SubcontractorMBPM Manage Held Data (Inventory Management)MBRL Enter return DeliveryMBSF Release Blocked StockMBSL Copy Material DocumentMBSM Cancelled Material DocumentsMBST Cancel Material DocumentMBSU Place in Stor. for Mat. Doc.MC.1 Plant Analysis: Stock: SelectionMC.2 Plant Analysis: Receipts/Issues: SelectionMC.3 Plant Analysis: Inventory Turnover: SelectionMC.4 Plant Analysis: Range of Coverage: SelectionMC.5 Storage Location Analysis: Stock: SelectionMC.6 Storage Loc. Analysis: Receipts/Issues: SelectionMC.7 Storage Loc. Analysis: Inventory Turnover: SelectionMC.9 Material Analysis: Stock: Selection

Page 22: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

MC.A Material Analysis: Receipts/Issues: SelectionMC.B Material Analysis: Inventory Turnover: SelectionMC.C Material Analysis: Range of Coverage: SelectionMC01 Logistics Information LibraryMC02 Key Fig.Retrieval via TextMC03 Key Fig Retrieval via Classification CharacteristicsMC04 Create Info SetMC05 Change Info SetINVENTORY MANAGEMENT47T-Code DescriptionMC06 Display Info Set: MembersMC07 Create Key FigureMC08 Change Key FigureMC09 Display Key FigureMC40 Usage-Based ABC AnalysisMC41 Requirement-Based ABC AnalysisMC42 Key Figure: Range of Coverage Based on Usage ValuesMC43 Key Figure: Range of Coverage Based on Requirement ValuesMC44 Key Figure: Inventory TurnoverMC45 Key Figure: Usage ValueMC46 Key Figure: Slow-Moving ItemsMC47 Key Figure: Requirements ValueMC48 Key Figure: Stock ValueMC49 Key Figure: Average Stock ValueMC50 Key Figure: Dead StockMCB% Background Report for Parameters ControllingMCBA INVCO: Plant Analysis SelectionMCBC INVCO: Stor. Loc. Analysis SelectionMCBE INVCO: Material Analysis SelectionMCBR INVCO: Batch Selection AnalysisMCBV Parameter AnalysisMCBZ Current Requirements/StockMCL1 Analysis: Stock Placements and Removals: SelectionMCL5 Analysis: Quantity Flows: SelectionMCL9 Analysis: Mat. Stock Placemnts + Removals: SelectionMCLD Analysis: Material Quantity Flows: SelectionMCLH Analysis: Movement Types: SelectionMCSK Call Standard Analyses of StocksMCYG Exception Analysis INVCOMD04 Stock/Requirements ListMI00 SAP Easy Access Physical InventoryIMSAP TRANSACTION CODES48T-Code DescriptionMI01 Create Physical Inventory DocumentMI02 Change Physical Inventory DocumentMI03 Display Physical Inventory DocumentMI04 Enter Inventory CountMI05 Change Inventory CountMI06 Display Inventory CountMI07 Post Inventory DifferenceMI08 Post Count and Difference

Page 23: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

MI09 Enter Count w/o Reference to DocumentMI10 Post Document, Count, and DifferenceMI11 Enter RecountMI12 Display Changes to Phys. Inv. DocsMI20 List of Inventory DifferencesMI21 Print Physical Inventory DocumentMI22 Display Physical Inventory Documents for MaterialMI23 Dispay Physical Inventory Data for MaterialMI24 Physical Inventory ListMI31 Selected Data for Phys. Inventory Docmts w/o Special StockMI32 Batch input: Block material for physical inventoryMI33 Batch input: Freeze book inv. balance for phys. inv.MI34 Batch input: Enter Count with Reference to DocumentMI35 Batch Input: Post Zero Count for Uncounted MaterialsMI37 Batch Input: Post DifferencesMI38 Batch Input: Enter Count w. Reference to Doc.MI39 Batch Input: Enter Count w/o Reference to DocumentMI40 Batch Input: Enter Count w/o Ref. to Doc., Post DifferencesMIBC ABC Analysis for Cycle Counting (Physical Inventory)MICN Batch Input: Create Phys. Inv. Docs. For Cycle CountingMIDO Display Physical Inventory OverviewMIGO Goods Receipt Purchase OrderMIGO_GI Goods MovementINVENTORY MANAGEMENT49T-Code DescriptionMIGO_GS Subseq. Adjust. of Material ProvidedMIK1 Selected Data for Phys. Inventory Docmts Vendor ConsignmentMIMD Report for Transferring PDC Phys. Inv. DataMIQ1 Selected Data for Physical Inventory Documents for ProjectMMBE Stock Overview: Company Code/Plant/Storage Location/BatchMR51 Accounting Documents for MaterialRWBE Stock OverviewIM

MATERIALSMANAGEMENTMATERIALS MANAGEMENT53

Page 24: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

T-Code DescriptionME00 SAP Easy Access PurchasingME01 Maintain Source ListME03 Display Source ListME04 Changes to Source ListME05 Generate Source ListME06 Analyze Source ListME07 Reorganize Source ListME08 Send Source ListME0M Source List for MaterialME11 Create Info RecordME12 Change Info RecordME13 Display Info RecordME14 Changes to Purchasing Info RecordME15 Flag Info Record for DeletionME16 Deletion Proposals for Info RecordsME17 Archive Administration (Purchasing Info Records)ME18 Send Purchasing Info RecordME1A Archived Purchasing Info RecordsME1B Define Background JobME1E Quotation Price HistoryME1L Info Records per VendorME1M Info Records per MaterialME1P Purchase Order Price HistoryME1W Info Records Per Material GroupME1X Print Buyer's Negotiation Sheet for VendorME1Y Print Buyer's Negotiation Sheet for MaterialME21N Create Purchase OrderME22N Change Purchase OrderME23N Display Purchase OrderME24 Maintain PO SupplementME25 Create PO (with Source Determination)MMSAP TRANSACTION CODES54T-Code DescriptionME26 Display PO SupplementME27 Create Purchase Order (Stock Transfer)ME28 Release (Approve) Purchasing DocumentsME29N Display Purchase Order (Individual Release)ME2A Monitor Vendor ConfirmationsME2B Purchasing Documents per Requirement Tracking NumberME2C Purchasing Documents for Material GroupME2J Purchasing Documents per ProjectME2K Purchasing Documents per Account AssignmentME2L Purchasing Documents per VendorME2M Purchasing Documents for MaterialME2N Purchasing Documents per Document NumberME2O SC Stock Monitoring for VendorME2S PO Reporting with ServicesME2V Expected Goods ReceiptsME2W Purchasing Documents per Supplying PlantME308 Send Contracts (with Conditions)ME31 Create Outline Agreement

Page 25: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

ME31K Create ContractME31L Create Scheduling AgreementME32 Change Outline AgreementME32K Change ContractME32L Change Scheduling AgreementME33 Display Outline AgreementME33K Display ContractME33L Display Scheduling AgreementME34 Maintain Outline Agreement SupplementME34K Maintain Contract SupplementME34L Maintain Sched. Agmt. Suppl.ME35 Release (Approve) Purchasing DocumentsME35K Release (Approve) Purchasing Documents (Outline Agreement)MATERIALS MANAGEMENT55T-Code DescriptionME35L Release (Approve) Purchasing Documents (Scheduling Agreement)ME36 Display Outline Agreement SupplementME37 Create Scheduling AgreementME38 Maintain Sch. Agmt ScheduleME39 Display Sch. Agmt ScheduleME3A Send Release DocumentME3B Purchasing Documents per Requirement Tracking NumberME3C Purchasing Documents for Material GroupME3J Outline Agreements per ProjectME3K Purchasing Documents per Account AssignmentME3L Purchasing Documents per VendorME3M Purchasing Documents for MaterialME3N Purchasing Documents per Document NumberME3P Define Background JobME3R Define Background JobME3S Contract Reporting with ServicesME41 Create RFQME42 Change RFQME43 Display RFQME44 Maintain RFQ SupplementME45 Release (Approve) Purchasing Documents (RFQ)ME47 Maintain QuotationME48 Display QuotationME49 Price Comparison ListME4B Purchasing Documents per Requirement Tracking Number (RFQ)ME4C Purchasing Documents for Material Group (RFQ)ME4L Purchasing Documents per Vendor (RFQ)ME4M Purchasing Documents for Material (RFQ)ME4N Purchasing Documents per Document Number (RFQ)ME4S RFQs per Collective NumberME51N Create Purchase RequisitionMMSAP TRANSACTION CODES56T-Code DescriptionME52N Change Purchase RequisitionME53N Display Purchase RequisitionME54N Release Purchase Requisition (Individual Release)

Page 26: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

ME55 Collective Release of Purchase RequisitionsME56 Assign Source to Supply to RequisitionsME57 Assign and Process Purchase RequisitionsME58 Ordering: Assigned Purchase RequisitionsME59N Automatic Creation of Purchase Orders from RequisitionsME5A List Display of Purchase RequisitionsME5F Release (Approval) Reminder: Purchase RequisitionsME5J List Display of Purchase Requisitions for ProjectME5K List Display of Purchase Requisitions (by Account Assignment)ME5W Resubmission of Purchase RequisitionsME61 Maintain Vendor EvaluationME62 Display Vendor EvaluationME63 Calculate Scores for Semi-Automatic and Automatic SubcriteriaME64 Evaluation ComparisonME65 Ranking List of VendorsME6A Display Change DocumentsME6B Ranking List of Vendor Evaluations Based on Material/Material GroupME6C Vendors Without EvaluationME6D Vendors Not Evaluated Since...ME6E Evaluation Records Without Weighting KeyME6F Print Vendor Evaluation SheetME6G Define Background JobME6H Vendor Evaluation AnalysisME80 Purchasing Documents (General Analysis)ME80A Purchasing Documents (RFQs)ME80AN General Evaluations (RFQs)ME80F Purchasing Documents (Purchase Orders)ME80FN General Evaluations (Purchase Orders)MATERIALS MANAGEMENT57T-Code DescriptionME80R Purchasing Documents (Outline Agreements)ME80RN General Evaluations (Outline Agreement)ME81N Analysis of Purchase Order ValuesME82 Archived Purchasing DocumentsME84 Create ReleasesME84A Individual Display of Scheduling Agreement ReleaseME85 Renumber SA Delivery Schedule LinesME86 Aggregation/Disaggregation of Scheduling Agreement Schedule LinesME87 Summarization and Removal of PO History RecordsME88 Set/Reset Agreed Cumulative Quantity and Reconciliation DateME91 Purchasing Documents.: Reminders/ExpeditersME91A Purchasing Documents.: Reminders/ExpeditersME91E Purchasing Documents.: Reminders/Expediters (Scheduling Agreement)ME91F Purchasing Documents.: Reminders/Expediters (Purchase Orders)ME92 Monitor Receipt of Order AcknowledgmentsME92F Monitor Receipt of Order Acknowledgments (Purchase Order)ME92K Monitor Receipt of Order Acknowledgments (Contract)ME92L Monitor Receipt of Order Acknowledgments (Scheduling Agreement)ME98 Archive Administration (Purchasing Documents)ME99 Output from Purchase OrdersME9A Message Output (Request for Quotation)ME9E Message Output (Scheduling Agreement)ME9F Message Output (Purchase Order)ME9K Message Output (Contract)

Page 27: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

ME9L Message Output (Scheduling Agreement)MEAN "Address maintanance: Initial screen ""Delivery addresses (master data)""MEB0 Cancel Settlement RunsMEB1 Create Agreement (Rebate Arrangement)MEB2 Change Agreement (Rebate Arrangement)MEB3 Display Agreement (Rebate Arrangement)MEB4 Settlement: Vendor Rebate Arrangements, PurchasingMMSAP TRANSACTION CODES58T-Code DescriptionMEB5 List of Vendor Rebate Arrangements: PurchasingMEB8 Detailed Statement; Vendor Busn. Vols.: Reb. Arrangements, PurchasingMEDL Price Change Involving Vendor's ContractsMEI1 Changes to Purchasing Documents Due to Changes in ConditionsMEI2 Mass Adjustment of Documents Due to Changes in DocumentssMEI3 Recompilation of Doc. Index (Auto. Document Adj., Subseq.Settlement)MEI4 Automatic Document Adjustment: Create WorklistMEI5 Automatic document adjustment: delete worklistMEI6 Delete document index (Auto. Doc. Adjustment, Subsequent Settlement)MEI7 Make Price Change in Open Purchase OrdersMEI8 Recompilation of document index (doc. adjustment) for payment docsMEI9 Recompilation of Doc. Index (Doc. Adjustment) for Vend. Billing DocsMEK1 Create Condition RecordsMEK2 Change Condition RecordsMEK3 Display Condition RecordsMEK31 Change Condition RecordsMEK32 Change Condition RecordsMEK33 Display Condition RecordsMEK4 Create Condition Records with ReferenceMEKA Purchasing ConditionsMEKB Conditions by ContractMEKC Conditions by Info RecordMEKD Conditions for Material GroupMEKE Conditions by VendorMEKF Conditions for Material TypeMEKG Conditions by Condition Group of VendorMEKH Market PriceMEKI Conditions by IncotermsMEKJ Conditions for Invoicing PartyMEKK Conditions by Vendor SubrangeMEKL Price Change Involving Vendor's Scheduling AgreementsMATERIALS MANAGEMENT59T-Code DescriptionMEKLE Currency Change for Scheduling Agreement Conditions of VendorMEKP Price Change Involving Vendor's Info RecordsMEKPE Currency Change for Info Record Conditions of VendorMEKR Price Change Involving Vendor's ContractsMEKRE Currency Change for Contract Conditions of VendorMELB Purchasing Transactions per Requirement Tracking NumberMEPA Order Price Simulation/Price InformationMEPB Price Information/Vendor Negotiation Sheet

Page 28: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

MEPO Display Purchase OrderMEQ1 Maintain Quota ArrangementMEQ3 Display Quota ArrangementMEQ4 Changes to Quota ArrangementMEQ6 Analyze Quota ArrangementMEQ8 Quota Arrangement for MaterialMEQB Define Background JobMEQM Quota Arrangement for MaterialMEU2 Perform Comparison of Business VolumesMEW6 Assign Purchase Orders WEBMEW7 Release of Service Entry SheetsMEW8 Release of Service Entry SheetMK01 Create Vendor (Purchasing)MK02 Change Vendor (Purchasing)MK03 Display Vendor (Purchasing)MK04 Vendor Account Changes (Purchasing)MK05 Block/Unblock Vendor (Purchasing)MK06 Flag for Deletion Vendor (Purchasing)MK12 Plan VendorMK14 Planned Vendor Account ChangesMK19 Display in future VendorMKVG Vendor's Settlement and Condition GroupsMKVZ List of Vendors: PurchasingMMSAP TRANSACTION CODES60T-Code DescriptionMM00 SAP Easy Access Material MasterMM01 Create MaterialMM02 Change MaterialMM03 Display MaterialMM04 Display ChangesMM06 Flag Material for DeletionMM11 Schedule Creation of MaterialMM12 Schedule Changing of MaterialMM16 Schedule Material for DeletionMM19 Display Material at Key DateMM50 Extend Material View(s)MM60 Materials ListMMAM Change Material TypeMMH1 Create Trading GoodsMMI1 Create Operating SuppliesMMN1 Create Non-Stock MaterialMMPI Initialize Period for Material Master RecordsMMPV Close Period for Material Master RecordsMMR1 Create Raw MaterialMMRV Allow Posting to Previous PeriodMMS1 Create ServiceMMSC Enter storage locations collectivelMMU1 Create Non-Valuated MaterialMMV1 Create PackagingMMVD Change MaterialMMVH Create MaterialMMVV Change Material

Page 29: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

MMZ2 Change MaterialMN01 Create Output - Condition Records: Purchasing RFQMN02 Change Output - Condition Records: Purchasing RFQMN03 Display Output - Condition Records: Purchasing RFQMATERIALS MANAGEMENT61T-Code DescriptionMN04 Create Output - Condition Records: Purchase OrderMN05 Change Output - Condition Records: Purchase OrderMN06 Display Output - Condition Records: Purchase OrderMN07 Create Output - Condition Records: Purch. Outline Agr.MN08 Change Output - Condition Records: Purch. Outline Agr.MN09 Display Output - Condition Records: Purch. Outline Agr.MN10 Create Output - Condition Records: Purch. Sch Agr ReleaseMN11 Change Output - Condition Records: Purch. Sch Agr ReleaseMN12 Display Output - Condition Records: Purch. Sch Agr ReleaseMN13 Create Output - Condition Records: Entry SheetMN14 Change Output - Condition Records: Entry SheetMN15 Display Output - Condition Records: Entry SheetMN21 Create Output - Condition Records: Inventory ManagementMN22 Change Output - Condition Records: Inventory ManagementMN23 Display Output - Condition Records: Inventory ManagementMN24 Create Output - Condition Records: Inbound DeliveryMN25 Change Output - Condition Records: Inbound DeliveryMN26 Display Output - Condition Records: Inbound DeliveryMP01 Maintain Approved Manufacturer Parts ListMP02 Display Approved Manufacturer Parts ListMR00 SAP Easy Access InvoiceMR02 Invoice Items ReleaseMR03 Display Original DocumentMR08 Cancel Invoice DocumentMR11 Maintain GR/IR Clearing AccountMR21 Price Change - Overview ScreenMR42 Change Parked DocumentMR43 Display Parked DocumentMR44 Post Parked DocumentMR90 Output Messages in Logistics Invoice VerificationMR91 Messages for Invoice VerificationMMSAP TRANSACTION CODES62T-Code DescriptionMRA1 Archive Administration: Create Archive FilesMRA2 Archive Administration: Execute Delete ProgramMRA3 Analysis of Invoice Document ArchiveMRM0 SAP Easy Access Logistics Invoice VerificationMRM1 Create Message: Invoice VerificatioMRM2 Change Output - Condition Records: Invoice VerificationMRM3 Display Output - Condition Records: Invoice VerificationMRNB Revaluation with Logistics Invoice VerificationMSRV2 Reporting on Services (Purchase Requisition)MSRV4 Reporting on Services (RFQ)WC23 Logistics Invoice Verification - Verification in BackgroundWF10 Create Collective Purchase Order: Selection and Control Parameters

Page 30: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

WAREHOUSEMANAGEMENTWAREHOUSE MANAGEMENT65T-Code DescriptionEC09 Org.Object Copier: Warehouse NumberJ1A5 Display Warehouse StockLB01 Create Transfer RequirementLB02 Change Transfer RequirementLB03 Display Transfer RequirementLB10 Display Transfer Requirement: List for Storage TypeLB11 Display Transfer Requirement: List for MaterialLB12 Process Material DocumentLCO1 Set Up Warehouse Co/Material Docs.LCO2 Set Up Warehouse Co/Transport OrdersLI01N Create System Inventory RecordLI02N Change System Inventory RecordLI03N Display System Inventory RecordLI04 Print Inventory ListLI06 "Change View ""Block/Unblock Storage Type for Annual Inv."": Overview"LI11N Enter Inventory CountLI12N Change Inventory CountLI13N Display Inventory CountLI14 Start RecountLI20 Clear Inventory Differences WMLI21 Clearing of Differences in Inventory ManagementLICC Execute Inventory with Cycle-Counting Method and by QuantsLL01 Warehouse Activity MonitorLLVS SAP Easy Access Warehouse ManagementLM00 Logon RFLM01 Dynamic MenuLM02 Select by SU -Put AwayLM03 Put Away - by TOLM04 Put Away -System GuidedLM05 Picking by TO IDLM06 Picking - by Delivery IDWMSAP TRANSACTION CODES66T-Code Description

Page 31: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

LM07 Picking - System GuidedLM09 Put Away by Delivery IDLM11 Posting ChangesLM12 Material InquiryLM13 Put Away ClusteredLM18 Handling Unit InquiryLM19 Handling Unit - PackLM22 Handling Unit - UnpackLM24 Packing HU by DeliveryLM25 Unpack HU by DeliveryLM26 Picking by Delivery - W/O sel screeLM27 Put Away by Delivery - W/O sel screeLM30 Load Control - Load by ShipmentLM31 Load Control - Load by DeliveryLM32 Load Control - System Guide LoadLM33 Load Control - UnLd by ShipmentLM34 Load Control - UnLd by DeliveryLM35 Load Control - Detail by Shipping UnLM36 Load Control - Detail by DeliveryLM37 Load Control - Detail by ShipmentLM45 Pick and PackLM46 Pick and Pack by DeliveryLM50 Count Inventory By System GuidedLM51 Count Inventory By User SelectionLM55 Print Storage Bin LabelsLM56 Select by SU - InterleavingLM57 System Guided Putaway - InterleavingLM58 Sys. guided dynamic inventory countLM59 User initiated dynamic invent. countLM60 User guided dynamic invent. countLM61 Goods Issue by DeliveryWAREHOUSE MANAGEMENT67T-Code DescriptionLM62 Goods Issue by MS areaLM63 Goods Issue by ShipmentLM64 Goods Issue by ALLLM65 Goods Issue by GroupLM66 Goods Issue by HULM71 Goods Receipt by DeliveryLM72 Goods Receipt by MS areaLM73 Goods Receipt by ShipmentLM74 Goods Receipt by ALLLM76 Goods Receipt by HULM77 Queue AssignmentLM80 Serial number captureLN07 Number Range for WM Communicication RecordsLP11 WM Staging of Crate PartsLP12 WM Material Staging of Release Order PartsLP21 Replenishment for Fixed Bins in WMLP22 Replenishm. Planning for Fixed BinsLP24 Replenishment for Storage Types with Random Space ManagementLPIN Information on Material Status in ProductionLPK1 Create Control CycleLPK2 Change Control Cycle

Page 32: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

LPK3 Display Control CycleLPK4 Automatic creation of control cycles for release order partsLQ01 Posting Chge Stor. Loc. to Stor. Loc. in Inventory Management.LQ02 Posting Change in WM and IMLRF1 RF Monitor; ActiveLRF2 RF Monitor, PassiveLS01N Create Storage BinLS02N Change Storage BinLS03N Display Storage BinLS04 Display Empty Storage BinsWMSAP TRANSACTION CODES68T-Code DescriptionLS05 Automatic Creation of Storage BinsLS06 Block/Unblock Several Storage Bins SimultaneouslyLS07 Block and Unblock Quants for MaterialLS08 Block and Unblock a Range of Storage BinsLS09 WM Material Data per Storage TypeLS10 "Change View ""Storage Bin Structure for Automatic Creation"": Overview"LS11 Change Several Storage Bins SimultaneouslyLS12 "Change View ""Block/unblock storage type"": Overview"LS22 Change QuantLS23 Display QuantLS24 Stock per MaterialLS25 Stock per Storage BinLS26 Stock OverviewLS27 Stock per Storage UnitLS28 Storage Units per Storage BinLS32 Change Storage UnitLS33 Display Storage UnitLS41 List of Control CyclesLS51 Create Batch Search StrategyLS52 Change Batch Search StrategyLS53 Display Batch Search StrategyLT0A Create Transfer OrderLT0B Putaway of Pre-Picked Handling UnitsLT0C Removal of Pre-Picked Handling UnitsLT0D Transferring Pre-Picked Handling UnitsLT0E Create Removal TO for 2-Step PickingLT0F Create Transfer Order for Inbound DeliveryLT0G Return to Stock from DeliveryLT0H Put Away/Transfer Handling UnitsLT0I Removal of Handling Units from StocLT0J Create Transfer Order for Storage Unit: EntryWAREHOUSE MANAGEMENT69T-Code DescriptionLT0R Request replenishment manuallyLT1C Confirm Item: Confirm Single ItemLT1D Confirm Transfer Order PickLT1E Confirm Transfer OrderLT1F Confirm Transfer Order Items for Storage Unit: Preparation (Pick)

Page 33: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

LT1G Confirm Transfer Order Items for Storage Unit: Preparation (Transfer)LU01 Create Posting Change NoticeLU02 Change Posting Change NoticeLU03 Display Posting Change NoticeLU04 Display Posting Change Notice: OverviewLX01 List of Empty Storage BinsLX02 WM StockLX03 Bin Status ReportLX04 Capacity Used per Storage TypeLX12 Transfer Orders: Resident Documents (Detailed View)LX15 Selection of Storage Bins for Annual Inventory CountLX16 Carry out Continuous InventoryLX17 Differnces List per Storage TypeLX18 Statistics for Inventory DifferencesLX22 Inventory OverviewLX23 Stock Comparison Inventory Management / Warehouse ManagementLX25 Inventory statusLX26 Carry Out Inventory Using the Cycle Counting MethodLX27 SLED Control ListLX30 Overview of WM Messages Transmitted to External SystemsLX41 WM-PP Evaluation ReportLX42 Evaluation PP Order from WM ViewLX43 Consistency Check for Control CyclesLX46 Transmission WM performance data -> HR incentive wageFIPMPPPSSDWM

PLANTMAINTENANCEPLANT MAINTENANCE73T-Code DescriptionAC03 Create Service Master Record

Page 34: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

AC06 List Display: Service Master: Selection of ServicesCA82 Work Center Where-Used: SelectionCA83 Work Center Where-Used: Selection (Standard network)CL01 Create ClassCL02 Class (Change)CL03 Display ClassCL04 Delete ClassCL20N Assign Object to ClassesCL22N Assign Class to Superior ClassesCL24N Assign Objects/Classes to ClassCL26 Mass Release for a Class Type/ClassCL2A Classification Status for Change NumberCL30N Find Objects in ClassesCL31 Find Objects in Class TypeCL6AN Class ListCL6B Object ListCL6BN Object ListCL6C Class HierarchyCL6D List of Classes Without Superior ClassCL6O Object ComparisonCLMM Mass Change for Assigned ValuesIA00 SAP Easy Access Work SchedulingIA01 Create Equipment Task ListIA02 Change Equipment Task ListIA03 Display Equipment Task ListIA04 Start transaction for object serviceIA05 Create General Task ListIA06 Change General Task ListIA07 Display General Task ListIA08 Change PM Task ListsPMSAP TRANSACTION CODES74T-Code DescriptionIA09 Display Task Lists: Task List SelectionIA10 Multi-Level Task List: PM Task List SelectionIA11 Create Functional Location Task ListIA12 Change Functional Location Task ListIA13 Display Functional Location Task ListIA15 Display task list change documentsIA16 Task list costingIA17 Task List Printing ListIA18 Display Standard MilestoneIA19 Change Standard MilestoneIA21 Display Task List Change DocumentsIB01 Create equipment BOMIB02 Change equipment BOMIB03 Display equipment BOMIB05 Change BOM groupIB06 Display BOM groupIB07 Create Plant AssignmentIB08 Change Plant AssignmentIB09 Display Plant AssignmentIB11 Create functional location BOM

Page 35: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

IB12 Change functional location BOMIB13 Display functional location BOMIB15 Change BOM groupIB16 Display BOM groupIB17 Create Plant AssignmentIB18 Change Plant AssignmentIB19 Display Plant AssignmentIB51 Create Installed BaseIB52 Change Installed BaseIB53 Display Installed BaseIE00 SAP Easy Access Management of Technical ObjectsPLANT MAINTENANCE75T-Code DescriptionIE01 Create EquipmentIE02 Change EquipmentIE03 Display EquipmentIE05 Change Equipment: Equipment SelectionIE07 Multi-Level Equipment List: Equipment SelectionIE08 Create EquipmentIE10 Equipment Entry ListIE31 Create Fleet ObjectIE36 Display Vehicles: Vehicles SelectionIH01 Functional Location StructureIH02 Reference Location StructureIH04 Equipment StructureIH05 Material Structure: SelectionIH06 Display Functional Location: Functional Location SelectionIH07 Display Reference Location: Reference Location SelectionIH08 Display Equipment: Equipment SelectionIH09 Display Material: Material SelectionIH12 Functional Location StructureIH18 Ref. Location List (Multilevel): Selection Ref. LocationsIK11 Create Measurement DocumentIK12 Change Measurement DocumentIK13 Display Measurement DocumentIK15 Take Up Measurement Reading TransferIK17 Display Measurement Documents: Measurement Document SelectionIK18 Change Measurement Documents: Measurement Document SelectionIK21 Collective Entry of MeasDocuments (Funct Location)IK22 Collective Entry of MeasDocuments (Equipment)IK31 Measurement Reading Entry List: CreateIK32 Measurement Reading Entry List: ChangeIK33 Measurement Reading Entry List: DisplayIK34 Collective Entry of MeasDocumentsPMSAP TRANSACTION CODES76T-Code DescriptionIK51 Measurement Reading Transfer: Structural DisplayIK52 Display Measurement Reading Transfer (History)IL01 Create Functional LocationIL02 Change Functional LocationIL03 Display Functional Location

Page 36: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

IL04 Create FunctLocation: List EntryIL05 Change Functional Location: Functional Location SelectionIL06 Data Transfer From FunctLocationIL07 Multi-Level FunctLocation List: FunctLocation SelectionIL11 Create Reference LocationIL12 Change Reference LocationIL13 Display Reference LocationIP01 Create Maintenance PlanIP02 Change Maintenance PlanIP03 Display Maintenance PlanIP04 Create Maintenance ItemIP05 Change Maintenance ItemIP06 Display Maintenance ItemIP10 Schedule Maintenance PlanIP11 Change Maintenance Strategies: OverviewIP11Z Change Cycle Sets: OverviewIP12 Display Maintenance Strategies: OverviewIP12Z Display Cycle Sets: OverviewIP13 Package SequenceIP14 Where-Used List by StrategyIP15 Change Maintenance Plan: Selection CriteriaIP16 Display Maintenance Plan: Selection CriteriaIP17 Change Maintenance Item: Selection CriteriaIP18 Display Maintenance Item: Selection CriteriaIP19 Maintenance Scheduling Overview and Simulation: Selection CriteriaIP24 Scheduling overview list form: Selection CriteriaPLANT MAINTENANCE77T-Code DescriptionIP25 Set Deletion Flag for Maintenance PlansIP30 Deadline Monitoring for Maintenance Plans (Batch Input IP10)IP31 Maintenance Plan CostingIP40 Create Maintenance PlanIP41 Create Maintenance Plan (Single Cycle Plan)IP42 Create Maintenance Plan (Strategy Plan)IP43 Create Maintenance Plan (Multiple Counter Plan)IP50 Create Maintenance PlanIP62 Material where-used list in task listIPCS SAP Easy Access Service AgreementsIPM2 Change Permit: Selection of PermitsIPM3 Display Permit: Selection of PermitsIQ01 Create Material Serial NumberIQ02 Change Material Serial NumberIQ03 Display Material Serial NumberIQ04 Create Material Serial Number: List EntryIQ08 Change Material Serial Number: Serial Number SelectionIQ09 Display Material Serial Number: Serial Number SelectionIQS1 Create Notification (Extended View)IQS2 Change Notification (Extended View)IQS21 Create Notification (Simplified View)IQS22 Change Notification (Simplified View)IQS23 Display Notification (Simplified View)IQS3 Display Notification (Extended View)IQS8 Worklist: Notifications (General)IR01 Create Work Center

Page 37: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

IR02 Change Work CenterIR03 Display Work CenterIW13 Material Where-Used ListIW21 Create PM NotificationIW22 Change PM NotificationPMSAP TRANSACTION CODES78T-Code DescriptionIW23 Display PM NotificationIW24 Create PM Notification: Malfunction ReportIW25 Create PM Notification: Activity ReportIW26 Create PM Notification: Maintenance RequestIW27 Assign Deletion Flag to Completed Maintenance NotificationsIW28 Change Notifications: Selection of NotificationsIW29 Display Notifications: Selection of NotificationsIW30 Notification List (Multi-level): Notification SelectionIW31 Create OrderIW32 Change OrderIW33 Display OrderIW34 Create Notification OrderIW36 Create Sub-orderIW37N Change Orders and Operations: Selection of Orders and OperationsIW38 Change PM Orders: Selection of OrdersIW39 Display PM Orders: Selection of OrdersIW3D Print OrderIW3K Change Order: Component OverviewIW3L Display Order: Component OverviewIW3M List of Goods Movements for Order: Selection of Goods MovementsIW40 Order List (Multi-Level): Selection of OrdersIW41 Enter PM Order ConfirmationIW42 Overall Completion ConfirmationIW43 Display PM Order ConfirmationIW44 PM Order Confirmation: Collective ConfirmationIW45 Cancel PM Order ConfirmationIW47 Display ConfirmationsIW48 Confirmation using operation list: Selection of Order OperationsIW49N Display Orders and Operations: Selection of Orders and OperationsIW51 Create Service NotificationIW52 Change Service NotificationPLANT MAINTENANCE79T-Code DescriptionIW53 Display Service NotificationIW54 Create Service Notification: Problem NotificationIW55 Create Service Notification: Activity ReportIW56 Create Service Notification: Service RequestIW57 Set Deletion Flag For NotificationIW58 Change Service Notifications: Selection of NotificationsIW59 Display Service Notifications: Selection of NotificationsIW61 Create Historical PM OrderIW62 Change Historical PM OrderIW63 Display Historical PM OrderIW64 Change Activities: Selection of Notifications

Page 38: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

IW65 Display Activities: Selection of NotificationsIW66 Change Tasks: Selection of NotificationsIW67 Display Tasks: Selection of NotificationsIW68 Change Notification Items: Selection of NotificationsIW69 Diaplay Notification Items: Selection of NotificationsIW70 Maintenance Order: Total Network SchedulingIW72 Change Service Order: Selection of OrdersIW73 Display Service Order: Selection of OrdersIW81 Create Order (Refurbishment)IW8W Goods Receipt Serial Numbers for Refurbishment OrderIWBK Material Availability InformationMC=E Create ExceptionMC=F Change ExceptionMC=G Display ExceptionMC=H Create Exception GroupMC=I Change Exception GroupMC=J Display Exception GroupMC=K Periodic Analyses for Exception: Area to analyze CreateMC=L Periodic Analyses for Exception: Area to analyze ChangeMC=M Periodic Analyses for Exception: Area to analyze DisplayPMSAP TRANSACTION CODES80T-Code DescriptionMCIZ Vehicle Consumption AnalysisMCJB PMIS: MTTR/MTBR - EquipmentMCJE SAP Easy Access Plant Maintenance Information SystemMCMM Display Selection VersionMCYK Plant Maintenance Information System (PMIS): Execute ExceptionAnalysisML01 Create Standard Service CatalogML02 Change Standard Service CatalogML03 Display Standard Service CatalogML10 Create Model Service SpecificationsML11 Change Model Service SpecificationsML12 Display Model Service SpecificationsML15 Model Service Specifications: ReportingML81 Maintain Service Entry SheetMLS6 Standard Service Catalog: Reporting

PRODUCTIONPLANNING

Page 39: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

PRODUCTION PLANNING83T-Code DescriptionB3MG Display Master WarrantyBGM1 Create Master WarrantyBGM2 Change Master WarrantyBM00 SAP Easy Access Batch ManagementBMBC Batch Information CockpitC201 Create Master RecipeC202 Change Master RecipeC203 Display Master RecipeC223 Production Version: Mass ProcessingC251 Master Recipe Print ListC252 Print List for Production Versions with Consistency CheckC260 Task List ChangesC261 Display Change Documents for a Recipe GroupC298 Deletion of Task Lists without ArchivingCA00 SAP Easy Access RoutingsCA01 Create RoutingCA02 Change RoutingCA03 Display RoutingCA10 Stdandard TextCA11 Create Reference Operation SetCA12 Change Reference Operation SetCA13 Display Reference Operation SetCA21 Create Rate RoutingCA22 Change Rate RoutingCA23 Display Rate RoutingCA31 Create Reference Rate RoutingCA32 Change Reference Rate RoutingCA33 Display Reference Rate RoutingCA60 Task List ChangesCA62 Display Change Documents for Reference Operation Set GroupCA63 Display Change Documents for a RoutingPPSAP TRANSACTION CODES84T-Code DescriptionCA64 Display Change Documents for a Reference Rate Routing GroupCA70 Use of PRT in Task Lists: SelectionCA75 Replace PRT in Task Lists: SelectionCA75N Mass Change of Production Res./Tools: SelectionCA80 Work Center Where-Used: SelectionCA81 Resource Where-Used: SelectionCA85 Replace Work Center: SelectionCA85N Mass Change Work CenterCA87 Replace Work Center: SelectionCA90 Use of Reference Operation Set in Task Lists: SelectionCA95 Replace Reference Operation Set: Selection

Page 40: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

CA95N Mass Change Ref. Operation Set Reference: SelectionCA96 Update Material MasterCA97 Update Material Master: Initial Screen (for Mass Processing)CA98 Deletion of Task Lists without ArchivingCA99 Archive AdministrationCAC0 SAP Easy Access Master Recipe - Access Via Production VersionCC00 SAP Easy Access Engineering Change ManagementCC01 Create Change MasterCC02 Change Change MasterCC03 Display Change MasterCC04 Product Structure BrowserCC05 Change Overview Initial ScreenCC07 Change Number SelectionCK11N Create Material Cost Estimate with Quantity StructureCK13N Display Material Cost Estimate with Quantity StructureCK24 Price Update: Mark Standard PriceCK31 Print log of costing runCK33 Comparison of ItemizationsCK40N Edit Costing RunCK41 Create Costing Run (Material)PRODUCTION PLANNING85T-Code DescriptionCK42 Change Costing Run (Material)CK43 Display Costing Run (Material)CK44 Delete Costing RunCK80 Cost Component Report for Product Cost EstimateCK81 Application Tree Report Selection Product Cost PlanningCK82 List of Existing Material Cost EstimatesCK83 Call RKKBPCD0 in BackgroundCK84 Line items in cost est for productCK85 Line Item Report Costing ItemsCK86 Costed Multilevel BOM, Material Cost EstimateCK87 Costed Multilevel BOM, Sales Order Cost EstimateCK88 Partner Cost Component SplitCK89 Cost Component Report for Sales Document Cost EstimateCK90 SAP Easy Access: Mixed CostingCK91 Create Procurement AlternativeCK91N Display Procurement AlternativesCK92 Change Procurement AlternativesCK93 Display Procurement AlternativesCK94 Change Mixing RatiosCK95 Display Mixing RatiosCKC1 Check Costing VariantCKCM Easy Cost Planning: ModelCKECP Ad Hoc Cost EstimateCKM3 Material Price AnalysisCKMB Display Material Ledger DocumentCKME Release Planned Price ChangesCKMF Allow Price DeterminationCKMG Allow Closing EntriesCKMH Single-Level Material Price DeterminationCKR1 Reorganization of Cost EstimatesCKUC Multilevel Unit Costing

Page 41: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

PPSAP TRANSACTION CODES86T-Code DescriptionCKW1 Create Cost Estimate for Production LotCKW3 Display Cost Estimate for Production LotCKW4 Activate Cost Estimate for Production LotCM00 SAP Easy Access Capacity PlanningCM01 Capacity Planning: Selection (Work Center - Load)CM02 Capacity Planning: Selection (Orders)CM03 Capacity Planning: Selection (Work Center - Pool)CM04 Capacity Planning: Selection (Work Center - Backlog)CM05 Capacity Planning: Selection (Work Center - Overload)CM07 Capacity Planning (Variable)CM22 Capacity leveling: SFC planning tableCM23 Capacity leveling: SFC orders tabCM24 Capacity Leveling (Individual Capacity - Tabular)CM25 Capacity Leveling (Variable)CM26 Capacity leveling: Proj. View TabularCM27 Capacity level.: SFC indiv. cap. graphCM28 Capac. level.: SFC indiv. cap. TabCM30 Capacity Leveling (Indvidual Capacity - Graphical)CM31 Cap. leveling: SFC orders graphicalCM32 Cap. leveling: PS graphCM33 Capacity Leveling (Work Center - Graphical)CM34 Capacity Leveling (Work Center - Tabular)CM35 Capacity Leveling (Resource View - Table)CM36 Capacity Leveling (Process Order View)CM38 Capacity Planning (Capacity Leveling Long-Term Planning)CM50 Capacity level: SFC work cntr listCM51 Cap. level: SFC individual cap. listCM52 Cap. leveling: SFC orders listCM53 Capacity leveling: PS elem/versionCM54 Capacity leveling: PS list via vers.CM55 Cap. leveling: PS list WCntr/versionPRODUCTION PLANNING87T-Code DescriptionCM56 Capacity evaluation (Resource View)CM57 Capacity evaluation (Order View)CMP2 Workforce Planning - Selection Project ViewCMP3 Workforce Planning: Selection for Work Center ViewCMP9 Workforce Planning - ReportingCO00 SAP Easy Access Shop Floor ControlCO01 Production Order CreateCO01S Simulation Order CreateCO02 Production Order ChangeCO02S Simulation Order ChangeCO03 Production Order DisplayCO03S Simulation Order DisplayCO04 Print Shop PapersCO04N Print Production OrdersCO05N Release Production OrdersCO06 Backorder Processing

Page 42: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

CO07 Production Order Create (Without Material)CO08 Production Order Create (For Sales Order)CO09 Availability OverviewCO10 Production Order CreateCO11 Enter Production Order ConfirmationCO11N Enter time ticket for production orderCO12 Collective Entry: Time TicketCO13 Cancel Production Order ConfirmationCO14 Display Production Order ConfirmationCO15 Enter Production Order ConfirmationCO16N Postprocessing Incorrect ConfirmationsCO27 Picking ListCO40 Production Order Create (Planned Order)CO41 Collective Conversion of Planned OrdersCO43 Actual Overhead Calculation: Production/Process OrdersPPSAP TRANSACTION CODES88T-Code DescriptionCO44 Mass Processing for OrdersCO46 Order Progress Report: Selection ScreenCO48 Production Order CreateCO78 Archiving of Production OrdersCO88 Actual Settlement: Production/Process OrdersCOB1 Create Batch Search StrategyCOB2 Change Batch Search StrategyCOB3 Display Batch Search StrategyCOFC Reprocessing of confirmations with errors in calc. of actual costsCOHV Mass Processing Production OrdersCOID Selection of Indiv. Object ListsCOIO Order Info System for PP-PICOMAC Collective Availability CheckCOOIS Production Order Information SystemCOPD Print Process OrderCOPI Print Process Order Shop Floor PapersCOR1 Create Process OrderCOR2 Change Process OrderCOR3 Display Process OrderCOR5 Release Process OrderCOR6 Create Process Order ConfirmationCOR6N Enter time ticket for process orderCOR7 Create Process Order (Convert Planned Order)COR8 Collective Conversion of Planned OrdersCORA Process Order: Scheduling External RelationshipsCORK Enter Process Order ConfirmationCORO Create Process Order w/o MaterialCORR Collective Entry of ConfirmationsCORS Cancel Process Order ConfirmationCORT Display Process Order ConfirmationCORZ Enter Confirmation of Process Order: Create Time EventPRODUCTION PLANNING89T-Code DescriptionCR01 Create Work Center

Page 43: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

CR02 Change Work CenterCR03 Display Work CenterCR05 Work Center ListCR06 Assignment of Work Centers to Cost CentersCR07 Work Center CapacitiesCR08 Work Center HierarchyCR09 Standard TextCR10 Work Center Change DocumentsCR11 Create CapacityCR12 Change CapacityCR13 Display CapacityCR15 Capacity: Where-usedCR21 Create HierarchyCR22 Change HierarchyCR23 Display HierarchyCR60 Work center information systemCRA1 Archive Administration: Create Archive FilesCRA2 Archive Administration: Execute Delete ProgramCRAA Display Work CenterCRAH Create Work CenterCRAV Change Work CenterCS00 SAP Easy Access Bills of MaterialCS01 Create Material BOMCS02 Change Material BOMCS03 Display Material BOMCS05 Change BOM GroupCS06 Display BOM GroupCS07 Create Plant AssignmentCS08 Change Plant AssignmentCS09 Display Plant AssignmentPPSAP TRANSACTION CODES90T-Code DescriptionCS11 Explode BOM: Level by LevelCS12 Explode BOM: Multi-Level BOMCS13 Explode BOM: Summarized BOMCS14 BOM Comparison: Initial Screen (One-Level)CS15 Where-Used List: Material: Initial ScreenCS20 Mass Changes: Material Selection (Bills of Material)CS21 Mass Changes: Material SelectionCS22 Mass Changes: Document SelectionCS23 Mass Changes: Class SelectionCS25 Archive Administration: Create Archive FilesCS26 Archive Administration: Execute Delete ProgramCS27 Archive Administration: Run Read ProgramCS28 Archive Administration: Initial ScreenCS31 Create class BOMCS32 Change class BOMCS33 Display class BOMCS40 Create Link to Configurable MaterialCS41 Change Link to Configurable MaterialCS42 Display Link to Configurable MaterialCS51 Create standard BOM

Page 44: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

CS52 Change standard BOMCS53 Display standard BOMCS61 Create order BOMCS62 Change order BOMCS63 Display order BOMCS71 Create WBS BOMCS72 Change WBS BOMCS73 Display WBS BOMCS74 Create WBS BOM (Structure)CS75 Change WBS BOM (Structure)CS76 Display WBS BOM (Structure)PRODUCTION PLANNING91T-Code DescriptionCS80 Display Change Documents: Material BOMCS81 Display Change Documents: Standard BOMCS82 Display Change Documents: Order BOMCS83 Display Change Documents: WBS BOMCS84 Change documents for class BOMCS90 Number ranges for material bills of materialCS91 Standard object list number rangeCS92 Number ranges for sales order BOMsCSK1 Explode BOM: Level by LevelCSK2 Explode BOM: Multi-Level BOMCSK3 Explode BOM: Summarized BOMCSMB Material BOM BrowserCSPB WBS BOMCV15 Change Document BOM groupCV16 Display Document BOM groupIK01 Create Measuring PointIK01R Create Reference Measuring PointIK02 Change Measuring PointIK02R Change Reference Measuring PointIK03 Display Measuring PointIK03R Display Reference Measuring PointIK06 Display Measuring Points for ObjectIK07 Display Measuring Points: MeasPoint SelectionIK07R Display Reference Measuring Point: Reference Measuring Point SelectionIK08 Change Measuring Points: MeasPoint SelectionIK08R Change Reference Measuring Point: Reference Measuring PointSelectionIPMD "Display View ""Maintain Permits"": Overview"KSOP Transfer Scheduled from PP for Business ProcessesKSPP Transfer Planned Activity Requirements for ProductionLDB1 Create Line HierarchyPPSAP TRANSACTION CODES92T-Code DescriptionLDB2 Change Line HierarchyLDB3 Display Line HierarchyMB11 Enter Goods MovementMB31 Goods Receipt for Order (Production)MBVR Manage Reservations

Page 45: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

MC11 Create EvaluationMC12 Change EvaluationMC13 Display EvaluationMC35 Create Rough-Cut Planning ProfileMC36 Change Rough-Cut Planning ProfileMC37 Display Rough-Cut Planning ProfileMC61 Create Planning HierarchyMC62 Change Planning HierarchyMC63 Display Planning HierarchyMC64 Create EventMC65 Change EventMC66 Display EventMC67 Planning Hierarchy GraphicMC71 Product group hierarchyMC72 Product Group UsageMC74 Transfer Planning Data to Demand Management (Material)MC75 Transfer Planning Data to Demand Management (Product Group)MC78 Copy Planning VersionMC80 Delete Planning VersionMC84 Create Product GroupMC85 Display Product GroupMC86 Change Product GroupMC88 Sales and Operations PlanningMC8A Planning Type: CreateMC8B Planning Type: ChangeMC8C Planning Type: DisplayPRODUCTION PLANNING93T-Code DescriptionMC8D Create Planning JobMC8E Change Planning JobMC8G Schedule Background Run for Selected Planning ObjectsMC8J List of planning objectsMC8V Copy Planning VersionMC8W Delete Planning VersionMC90 Transfer Planning Data to Demand ManagementMC93 Create Plan in Flexible PlanningMC94 Change Plan in Flexible PlanningMC95 Display Plan in Flexible PlanningMC96 "Change View ""Configuration of Forecast Profiles"": Details"MC9B Determine Proporations of Lowest-Level Nodes for Consistent PlanningMC9C Standard Analysis for Info StructureMC9K Maintain Available Capacity for MaterialMCI6 Object StatisticsMCP1 Operation AnalysisMCP3 Production Order AnalysisMCP5 Material AnalysisMCP7 Work Center Analysis: SelectionMCRE Material Usage AnalysisMCRI Product Costs AnalysisMCRX Material Usage AnalysisMCRY Product Costs AnalysisMCYJ Shop Floor Information System (PP-IS): Execute Exception AnalysisMD01 MRP RunMD02 Single-Item; Multi-Level (MRP)

Page 46: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

MD03 Single-Item, Single-Level (MRP)MD05 MRP List (Individual Display)MD06 MRP List (Collective Display)MD07 Stock/Requirements List (collective Display)MD09 Determine Pegged RequirementsPPSAP TRANSACTION CODES94T-Code DescriptionMD11 Create Planned OrderMD12 Change Planned OrderMD13 Display Planned OrderMD14 Convert Planned Order to Purchase RequisitionMD15 Collective Conversion of Plnd Ord. to Pur. Req.MD16 Display Planned OrdersMD17 Collective Requirements DisplayMD20 Create Planning File EntryMD21 Display planning file entriesMD25 Create Planning CalendarMD26 Change Planning CalendarMD27 Display Planning CalendarMD43 Single-Item Planning - InteractiveMD44 Evaluation of the Planning SituationMD45 Evaluation of the Planning ResultMD46 Evaluation of the Planning Result for MRP ControllerMD47 Evaluation of Product Group PlanningMD48 Cross-Plant EvaluationMD4C Multilevel Order ReportMD50 Make-To-Order Planning - Multi-LevelMD51 Project Planning - Multi-LevelMD61 Create Planned Independent RequirementsMD62 Change Planned Independent RequirementsMD63 Display Planned Independent RequirementsMD64 Standard Independent Requirements (Create)MD65 Change Standard Independent RequirementsMD66 Display Standard Independent RequirementsMD73 Display Total RequirementsMD74 Reorganizing Indep. Reqmts - Adjusting Requirements (PlndIndReq)MD75 Indep. requirements reorganization - Delete old requirements recordsMD76 Reorg: Indep. Reqmts - Delete History and Independent RequirementsPRODUCTION PLANNING95T-Code DescriptionMD79 PP Demand Management / XXL List ViewerMD81 Create Independent RequirementsMD82 Change Independent RequirementsMD83 Display Independent RequirementsMDAB Set up planning file entries: VariantMDAC Execute Action for Planned OrderMDBT Total Planning: VariantsMDL1 Create Production LotMDL2 Change Production LotMDL3 Display Production LotMDLD Print MRP List

Page 47: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

MDRE Plnning file entries consisten: VariantsMDSA Display BOM Explosion NumbersMDSP Maintain BOM Explosion NumbersMDUM Convert Planned Orders into PR: VariantsMDUP Process project assignmentMDUS Display project assignmentMDVP Collective Availability CheckMF12 Display Document Log InformationMF26 Display Reporting Point InformationMF30 Creation of Preliminary Cost Estimates for Product Cost CollectorsMF41 Document-Specific Backflush ReversalMF42N Collective Entry of ConfirmationsMF45 Postprocess Backflush ItemsMF46 Collective PostprocessingMF50 Planning Table Initial Screen: Change ModeMF51 Production List for Repetitive ManufacturingMF52 Planning Table Initial Screen: Display ModeMF57 Planning Table Initial Screen: By MRP ListsMF60 Material Staging for Planned OrdersMF63 Staging Situation for Planned OrdersPPSAP TRANSACTION CODES96T-Code DescriptionMF65 Picking: Collective processingMF68 Message logs for material stagingMF70 Aggregate Collective BackflushMFBF REM Confirmation: Transaction Variant: NoneMFHU HU Backflush in Repetitive ManufacturingMP30 Execute Forecast (Materials)MP31 Change Forecast (Materials)MP32 Display Forecast (Materials)MP33 Forecast ReprocessingMP38 Execute Mass ForecastMP39 Material Forecast PrintingMP80 Forecast Profile CreateMP81 Forecast Profile ChangeMP82 Forecast Profile DeleteMP83 Forecast Profile DisplayMP90 Number Ranges for Forecast ParameterMP91 Number Ranges for Forecast ValuesMPBT Total Forecast: VariantsMPDR Print forecast: VariantsMS31 Create Planning ScenarioMS32 Change Planning ScenarioMS33 Display Planning ScenarioMS44 Long-Term Planning: EvaluationMS64 Copy VersionMSC1N Create BatchMSC2N Change BatchMSC3N Display BatchMSC4N Display Change Documents for BatchOMI8 Plant Parameters for Material Requirements PlanningOP4A "Change View ""Grouping"": Overview"

Page 48: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

OPPP "Change View ""Alternative BOM Determination"": Overview"PRODUCTION PLANNING97T-Code DescriptionOS29 "Change View ""User Profile for BOMs"": Overview"PK00 SAP Easy Access KanbanPK01 Create Control CyclePK02 Change Control CyclePK03 Display Control CyclePK03NR Display Control CyclePK05 "Change View ""Supply Area"": Overview"PK05S Fast Entry Supply AreaPK06 "Display View ""Supply Area"": Overview"PK10 Define Status of Kanban BoardPK11 Kanban Plant OverviewPK12N Kanban Board: Supply Source OverviewPK13N Kanban Board: Demand Source OverviewPK17 Collective Kanban PrintPK18 Econtrol Cycle and Kanban EvaluationPK21 Kanban SignalPK22 Quantity Signal: InputPK23 Create KanbanPK41 Kanban BackflushPK50 Kanban Processing: Error DisplayPKBC Kanban SignalPKC1 SAP Easy Access Activity-Based Costing Information SystemPKMC Control Cycle Maintenance: DisplayWWP1 Planning Workbench (Online Planning)WWP3 Planning Workbench (Order Cancellation)PP

PROJECTSYSTEMPROJECT SYSTEM101T-Code DescriptionCJ01 Create Project (Work Breakdown Structure)CJ02 Change Project (Work Breakdown Structure)CJ03 Display Project (Work Breakdown Structure)

Page 49: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

CJ06 Create Project DefinitionCJ07 Change Project DefinitionCJ08 Display Project DefinitionCJ11 Create WBS ElementCJ12 Change WBS ElementCJ13 Display WBS ElementCJ20 Structure Planning: ChangeCJ20N Project BuilderCJ21 Change Time Scheduling: Basic DatesCJ22 Display Time Scheduling: Basic DatesCJ23 Change Time Scheduling: Forecast DatesCJ24 Display Time Scheduling: Forecast DatesCJ25 Change Time Scheduling: Actual DatesCJ26 Display Time Scheduling: Actual DatesCJ27 Create Project (Project Planning Board)CJ29 Project SchedulingCJ2A Structure Planning: DisplayCJ2B Change Project Planning BoardCJ2C Display Project Planning BoardCJ2D Create Project (Structure Planning)CJ30 Change Original BudgetCJ31 Display Original BudgetCJ32 Change ReleaseCJ33 Display ReleaseCJ34 Transfer BudgetCJ35 Post ReturnCJ36 Post SupplementCJ37 Change SupplementPSSAP TRANSACTION CODES102T-Code DescriptionCJ38 Change ReturnCJ3A Change DocumentCJ3B Display DocumentCJ40 Change Cost PlanningCJ41 Display Project PlanCJ42 Change Revenue PlanningCJ43 Display Revenue PlanningCJ44 Actual Overhead Calculation: Project/WBS Element/NetworkCJ45 Actual Overhead Calculation: Projects/WBS Elements/NetworksCJ46 Plan Overhead Calculation: Project/WBS ElementCJ47 Plan Overhead Calculation: Projects/WBS ElementsCJ48 Payment Planning ChangeCJ49 Payment Planning DisplayCJ70 Display Project Settlement Line ItemsCJ74 Display Project Actual Cost Line ItemsCJ76 Display Project Commitment Line ItemsCJ7E Transfer of Planning Data: Projects/WBS elementsCJ7G Transfer of Planning Data: Projects/WBS elementsCJ7M Display Project Planned Cost Line ItemsCJ88 Actual Settlement: Project/WBS Element/NetworkCJ8G Actual Settlement: Projects/WBS Elements/NetworksCJ91 Create Standard WBS

Page 50: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

CJ92 Change Standard WBSCJ93 Display Standard WBSCJ9B Copy WBS Plan to Plan (Collective)CJ9BS Copy WBS Plan to Plan (Individual)CJ9C Copy WBS Actual to Plan (Collective)CJ9CS Copy WBS Actual to Plan (Individual)CJ9D Orders/Networks for Project: Copy Plan VersionCJ9E Planned Settlement: Projects/WBS elementsCJ9F Copy Project Costing (Collective)PROJECT SYSTEM103T-Code DescriptionCJ9FS Copy Project Costing (Individual)CJ9G Planed Settlement: Projects/WBS elementsCJ9K Asynchronous Network Costing: Planned Costs and PaymentsCJ9L Cost Forecast (Individual Processing)CJ9M Cost Forecast (Collective Processing)CJ9Q Integrated Planning for Networks (Collective Processing)CJ9QS Integrated Planning for Networks (Individual Processing)CJA1 Project-Related Incoming Orders (Collective Processing)CJA2 Project-Related Incoming Orders (Individual Processing)CJB1 Generate Settlement Rules: WBS Elements (Collective Processing)CJB2 Generate Settlement Rules: WBS Elements (Individual Processing)CJBV Project Availability Control Background Job ActivationCJBW Deactivate Availabilty Control for ProjectsCJCF Fiscal year close: Carry forward commitmentCJCO Carrying Forward Project BudgetCJCS Display change documents: Reference WBSCJE1 Create Hierarchy ReportCJE2 Change Hierarchy ReportCJE3 Display Hierarchy ReportCJEA Selection: Plan/Actual/Commitment/Rem. Plan/AssignedCJF1 Create Transfer Price AgreementCJI1 Display Project Budget Line ItemsCJI2 Budget Updates: Document ChainCJI3 Display Project Actual Cost Line ItemsCJI4 Display Project Planned Cost Line ItemsCJI5 Display Project Commitment Line ItemsCJI8 Display Project Budget Line ItemsCJI9 Display Project Hierarchy Cost Planning Line ItemsCJIA Display Project Actual Payment Line ItemsCJIB Display Project Planned Payment Line ItemsCJIC Display Project Settlement Line ItemsPSSAP TRANSACTION CODES104T-Code DescriptionCJID Display Project Settlement Line ItemsCJK2 Change Statistical Key Figure PlanningCJK3 Display Statistical Key Figure PlanningCJP1 Create Plan RevaluationCJP2 Change Plan RevaluationCJP3 Display Plan RevaluationCJP4 Delete Plan Revaluation

Page 51: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

CJPU Plan RevaluationCJR2 Change Cost and Activity InputsCJR3 Display Cost and Activity InputsCJS2 Change Planning Statistical Key FiguresCJS3 Display Planning Statistical Key FiguresCJS4 Change Planning Statistical Key FiguresCJS5 Display Planning Statistical Key FiguresCJSN Number Range for Project DefinitionCJT2 Display Project Actual Payment Line ItemsCJV1 Project Planning Board: Create SimulationCJV2 Project Planning Board: Change SimulationCJV3 Project Planning Board: Display SimulationCJV4 Transfer ProjectCJV5 Delete Simulation VersionCN01 Standard Network CreateCN02 Standard Network ChangeCN03 Standard Network DisplayCN04 PS Text Catalog: ChangeCN05 PS Text Catalog: DisplayCN08 Allocate Material to Standard Network Change: OverviewCN09 Allocate Material to Standard Network Display: OverviewCN11 Create Standard MilestoneCN12 Change Standard MilestoneCN13 Display Standard MilestonePROJECT SYSTEM105T-Code DescriptionCN21 Create: NetworkCN22 Change: NetworkCN23 Display: NetworkCN24N Overall Network SchedulingCN25 Enter Network ConfirmationCN27 Network Confirmation: Collective ConfirmationCN28 Display Network ConfirmationCN29 Cancel Network ConfirmationCN2X Process Network ConfirmationCN40 Project Info SystemCN41 Structure OverviewCN42N Overview: Project DefinitionsCN43N Overview: WBS ElementsCN44N Overview: Planned OrdersCN45N Overview: OrdersCN46N Overview: NetworksCN47N Overview: Activities/ElementsCN48N Overview ConfirmationsCN49N Overview: RelationshipsCN50N Overview: Capacity RequirementsCN51N Overview: PRTsCN52N Overview: ComponentsCN53N Overview: MilestonesCN54N Overview: Sales DocumentCN55N Overview: Sales and Dist. Doc. ItemsCN60 Change Documents for Projects/Netw.CN61 Display Change Documents: Library NetworkCN65 Display Change Document: Network

Page 52: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

CN71 Project Info System: Save Project Version Initial ScreenCN72 Create Project VersionCN85 Operative Project Structures / Delete without ArchivingPSSAP TRANSACTION CODES106T-Code DescriptionCN98 Delete Standard Networks Without ArchivingCNB1 List Display of Purchase Requisitions for ProjectCNB2 Purchasing Documents per ProjectCNC4 Master Data Reconciliation Report: Consistency Within Project Struct.CNC5 Master Reconciliation Report: Consistency Sales Order/ProjectCNE1 Project Progress (Individual Processing)CNE2 Project Progress (Collective Processing)CNE5 Project Info System: Progress Analysis Initial ScreenCNL1 Create Delivery InfoCNL2 Change Delivery InfoCNL3 Display Delivery InfoCNMASS Mass Changes in the Project SystemCNMM Project-Oriented ProcurementCNPRG Progress Report: Network ActivitiesCNR1 Create Work CenterCNR2 Change Work CenterCNR3 Display Work CenterCNS0 Delivery from Project: Selection Initial ScreenCNS40 Project Info SystemCNS41 Project Info System: Structure Initial ScreenCNS42 Project Info System: Project Definitions Initial ScreenCNS43 Project Info System: WBS Elements Initial ScreenCNS44 Project Info System: Planned Orders Initial ScreenCNS45 Project Info System: Orders Initial ScreenCNS46 Project Info System: Networks Initial ScreenCNS47 Project Info System: Activities Initial ScreenCNS48 Project Info System: Confirmations Initial ScreenCNS49 Project Info System: Relationships Initial ScreenCNS50 Project Info System: Capacity Requirements Initial ScreenCNS51 Project Info System: Prod. Resources/Tools Initial ScreenCNS52 Project Info System: Components Initial ScreenPROJECT SYSTEM107T-Code DescriptionCNS53 Project Info System: Milestones Initial ScreenCNS54 Project Info System: SD Documents Initial ScreenCNS55 Project Info System: Sales Document Items Initial ScreenCNS60 Project Info System: Change DocumentsCNS71 Project Info System: Save Project Version Initial ScreenCNSE5 Project Info System: Progress Analysis Initial ScreenPS

Page 53: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

QUALITYMANAGEMENTQUALITY MANAGEMENT111T-Code DescriptionCRQ1 Create work center (QM)CRQ2 Change work center (QM)CRQ3 Display work center (QM)CT12 Where-Used List for Characteristics/Characteristic ValuesCV01N Create DocumentCV02N Change DocumentCV03N Display documentCV04N Find Document: Selection CriteriaMCOA Customer Analysis Overview: Lots: SelectionMCVA Vendor Analysis Overview: Lots: SelectionMCXB Analysis: Inspection Results, General: SelectionMCXC Material Analysis Overview: Quantities: SelectionMCXI Material Analysis Quantities: SelectionMCXV Q-Notification Analysis: Mat. Overview: SelectionQ000 SAP Easy Access Quality ManagementQA00 SAP Easy Access Quality InspectionQA01A Create Inspection Lot ManuallyQA02A Change Inspection LotQA03 Display Inspection LotQA05 Recurring insp. job planning: VariantsQA07 Deadline Monitoring of BatchesQA08 Mass Change of QM Inspection Setup Data in MaterialsQA09 QM inspection lotQA10 Lot Selection for Automatic Usage DecisionQA10L Log for Automatic Usage DecisionQA11 Record Usage DecisionQA12 Change Usage DecisionQA13 Display Usage DecisionQA14 Change Usage Decision without HistoryQA16 Collective Usage Decision for OK LotsQA17 Job planning for automatic UD: VariantsQMSAP TRANSACTION CODES112T-Code Description

Page 54: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

QA18 Job overview (Automatic Usage Decision)QA19 Lot Selection for Automatic Usage DecisionQA22 Change Inspection Point: InitialQA23 Display Inspection Point QuantitiesQA32 Inspection Lot SelectionQA33 Inspection Lot SelectionQA40 Complete Production Inspection Lots/Lots for PM OrdersQA40L Log for Automatic Usage Decision (Orders)QA41 UD prod. lots: job planning: VariantsQA42 Job Overview (Automatic Usage Decision - Orders)QA51 Source inspection: job planning: VariantsQA52 Job Overview (Source Inspection)QAC1 Correct Actual Quantity in Insp. LotQAC2 Transfer Insp. Lot Quant. (PlntToPlnt, StorLoc to StorLoc)QAC3 Insp. Lot - Reset Sample CalculationQAS1 Download inspection specificationsQAS2 Download Basic DataQAS3 Upload Inspection ResultsQAS4 Upload Usage DecisionQC01 Create Certificate ProfileQC02 Change Certificate ProfileQC03 Display Certificate ProfileQC06 Deletion of Unused Certificate ProfilesQC11 Create Certificate Profile AssignmentQC12 Change Certificate Profile AssignmentQC13 Display Certificate Profile AssignmentQC20 Qualtiy Certificates for DeliveriesQC21 Quality Certificate for the Inspection LotQC22 Quality Certificate for BatchQC31 Archive Display Quality Certificate for a Delivery ItemQC32 Archive Display Quality Certificate for an Inspection LotQUALITY MANAGEMENT113T-Code DescriptionQC51 Create Quality Certificate ReceiptQC52 Change Quality CertificateQC53 Display Quality CertificateQC55 QM Worklist: Quality Certificates in ProcurementQCE2 "Change View ""Partner setting for quality data exchange"": Overview"QCE3 "Display View ""Partner setting for quality data exchange"": Overview"QCYF Copy Forms Between ClientsQCYT Copy Texts Between ClientsQD33 Deletion Program for Quality Levels where Deletion Date ExceededQD34 Delete Q-level job planning: VariantsQD35 Jobs for Deleting Quality LevelQDB1 "Change View ""Allwd. Relationships: Sampling Procedures/DynamicMod. Rule)""QDB3 "Display View ""Allwd. Relationships: Sampling Procedures/DynamicMod. Rule)""QDH1 Q-level Evaluation: Select Quality Levels (Edit)QDH2 Q-level Evaluation: Select Quality Levels (Display)QDL1 Create Quality LevelQDL2 Change Quality LevelQDL3 Display Quality LevelQDP1 Create Sampling Scheme

Page 55: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

QDP2 Change Sampling SchemeQDP3 Display Sampling SchemeQDR1 Create Dynamic Modification RuleQDR2 Change Dynamic Modification RuleQDR3 Display Dynamic Modification RuleQDR6 Dynamic Modification Rule Where-Used ListQDR7 Replace Dynamic Modification RuleQDV1 Create Sampling ProcedureQDV2 Change Sampling ProcedureQDV3 Display Sampling ProcedureQDV6 Sampling Procedure Where-Used ListQMSAP TRANSACTION CODES114T-Code DescriptionQDV7 Replace Sampling ProcedureQE00 SAP Easy Access Quality PlanningQE01 Record Results (Characteristic)QE02 Change Results (Characteristic)QE03 Display Results (Characteristic)QE04 Record Sample ResultsQE05 Change Sample ResultsQE06 Display Sample ResultsQE09 Display Individual ResultQE11 Record Results for Inspection PointQE12 Change Results for Inspection PointQE13 Display Results for Inspection PointQE14 Record Results for Delivery NoteQE15 Change Results for Delivery NoteQE16 Display Results for Delivery NoteQE17 Record Equipment ResultsQE18 Change Results for EquipmentQE19 Display results for equipmentQE20 Record Results for Functional LocationQE21 Change Results for Functional LocationQE22 Display Results for Functional LocationQE23 Record Physical Sample ResultsQE24 Change Physical Sample ResultsQE25 Display Physical Sample ResultsQE51N Results Recording WorklistQE52 Results Recording Worklist for Physical SamplesQE53 Results Recording Worklist for EqquipmentQE54 Results Recording Worklist for Functional LocationsQE71 Selection: Tabular Results Recording for Inspection PointsQE72 Selection: Tabular Results Recording for Inspection LotsQE73 Selection: Tabular Results Recording for a CharacteristicQUALITY MANAGEMENT115T-Code DescriptionQEH1 Mobile Results Recording Worklist - SelectionQEI1 Analyze Application LogQEI2 Deleting the Application Log for the QM-IDI InterfaceQF01 Record DefectsQF02 Change Defects

Page 56: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

QF03 Display DefectsQF11 Record Defects for Inspection LotQF21 Record Defects for OperationQF31 Record Defects for CharacteristicQG09 Quality control chartQGA1 Time Line Representation of Quality ScoresQGA2 Display Inspection ResultsQGA3 Results PrintoutQGC1 Quality Control Charts for Inspection LotsQGC2 Control Charts for Task List CharacteristicQGC3 Control Charts for a Master Inspection CharacteristicQGD1 Test Equipment Usage List: Equipment SelectionQGD2 Test Equipment TrackingQGP1 Inspection Results for TList Charac. (History for Inspection Characteristic)QGP2 Inspection Results for TList Charac. (Calibration Results History)QI01 Create Q-Info RecordQI02 Change Q-Info RecordQI03 Display Q-Info RecordQI04 QM procurement key: material: VariantsQI05 Mass maintenance QM procurement keyQI06 QM Releases: Mass maintenanceQI07 Worklist of Source InspectionsQI08 Job Overview (Control Keys for Procurement)QK01 Create and Assign QM Orders to MaterialsQK02 Overview of QM Order Usage in Material MasterQK04 Creation of QM OrdersQMSAP TRANSACTION CODES116T-Code DescriptionQK05 Confirmed Activities for the Inspection LotQL11 Send Inspection SetupQL21 Send Master Inspection CharacteristicsQL31 Send Inspection MethodQL41 Send Code GroupsQM00 SAP Easy Access Quality NotificationsQM01 Create Notification (Quality)QM02 Change Notification (Quality)QM03 Display Notification (Quality)QM10 Change list of quality notifications: Selection of NotificationsQM11 Display List of Qual. Notifications: Selection of NotificationsQM12 Change list of tasks: Selection of NotificationsQM13 Display list of tasks: Selection of NotificationsQM14 Change list of items: Selection of NotificationsQM15 Display list of items: Selection of NotificationsQM16 Change activity list: Selection of NotificationsQM17 Display activity list: Selection of NotificationsQM19 Notification List (Multi-Level): Notification SelectionQM50 Time line display of quality notificationsQP01 Create Inspection PlanQP02 Change Inspection PlanQP03 Display Inspection PlanQP05 Print list for task listQP06 Missing/Non-unusable Inspection Plans

Page 57: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

QP07 Missing/Unusable Goods Receipt Inspection PlansQP08 Print list: Task list for materialQP11 Create Reference Operation SetQP12 Change Reference Operation SetQP13 Display Reference Operation SetQP48 Number range for physical samplesQP49 This No. Documents the Withdrawal of Physical SamplesQUALITY MANAGEMENT117T-Code DescriptionQP60 Task List ChangesQP61 Display Change Documents for an Inspection Plan GroupQP62 Display Change Documents for Reference Operation Set GroupQPNQ Number Ranges Object MaintenanceQPR1 Create Physical SampleQPR2 Change Physical SampleQPR3 Display Physical SampleQPR4 Process Physical-Sample DrawingQPR5 Create Inspection Lots for Physical SamplesQPR6 Create New Physical-Sample Drawing with ReferenceQPR7 Storage Data MaintenanceQPV2 "Change View ""Sample-drawing procedure"": Overview"QPV3 "Display View ""Sample-drawing procedure"": Overview"QS21 Create Master Inspection CharacteristicQS22 Create Master Insp. Characteristic VersionQS23 Change Master Insp. Characteristic VersionQS24 Display Master Insp. Characteristic VersionQS25 Delete Master Insp. Characteristic VersionQS26 Master Inspection Charac. Where-Used ListQS27 Replace Master Inspection CharacteristicQS28 Display Master Inspection CharacteristicsQS29 Master - inspection characteristics in QSSQS31 Create Inspection MethodQS32 Create Inspection Method VersionQS33 Change Inspection Method VersionQS34 Display Inspection Method VersionQS35 Delete Inspection Method VersionQS36 Display Inspection Method in Task ListQS37 Replace Inspection Method in Task ListQS38 Display Inspection Method ListQS39 QM test methodsQMSAP TRANSACTION CODES118T-Code DescriptionQS41 Edit CatalogQS42 Display CatalogQS43 Edit Catalog (Individual Maintenance)QS44 Edit Catalog (Group Code)QS45 Display Catalog (Group Code)QS46 Display Code Group in Task ListQS47 Replace Code Group in Task ListQS48 Code groups: Check usage indicatorQS49 Display Code Group Index

Page 58: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

QS51 Edit Selected SetQS52 Display selected setsQS58 Selected sets: Check usage indicatorQS59 Display Selected Set IndexQS61 Maintain Material SpecificationQS62 Display Material SpecificationQS63 Maintain Material Specification (TLists)QS65 Activate Material SpecificationQS66 Activate material spec.: VariantsQSR6 Delete Task Lists Without ArchivingQST04 Selection: Display of Packages Used in Inspection PlansQST06 Scheduling Overview for Stability Studies (List)QST07 Change Testing Schedule ItemsQST08 Display Testing Schedule ItemsQTSA Transfer: Product Allocation Quantities to APOQTSP Transfer: Customizing Settings to APOQV51 Create QM Control Data in SDQV52 Change QM Control Data in SDQV53 Display QM Control Data in SDQVM1 Inspection Lots Without Inspection CompletionQVM2 Inspection Lots with Outstanding QuantitiesQVM3 Inspection Lots without Usage Decision

SALES ANDDISTRIBUTIONSALES AND DISTRIBUTION121T-Code DescriptionBD21 Creating IDoc Type from Change PointersBD22 Delete Change PointersBUP1 Create Business PartnerBUP2 Maintain Business PartnerBUP3 Display Business PartnerCOGI Automatic Goods Movements: Error HandlingDGP1 Create Dangerous Goods MasterDGP2 Change Dangerous Goods MasterDGP3 Display Dangerous Goods MasterDGR1 Dangerous Goods Master: Display with DescriptionsDP90 Resource-Related Billing RequestLT01 Create Transfer OrderLT02 Clear Inventory Using Transfer Order

Page 59: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

LT03 Create Transfer Order for Delivery NoteLT04 Create Transfer Order from TRLT05 Processing Posting ChangeLT06 Create Transfer Order for Material DocumentLT07 Place Storage Unit into Stock: Beginning ProcessLT08 Additional Stock for Storage Unit: Beginning ProcessLT09 Create Transfer Order for Storage Unit: EntryLT0S Create Transfer Order for Multiple OrdersLT10 Stock Transfer: StartLT11 Confirm Item: Confirm Single Item (In One Step)LT12 Confirm Transfer OrderLT13 Confirm Transfer Order Items for Storage Unit: PreparationLT14 Confirm Planned Single ItemLT15 Cancelling Transfer OrderLT16 Cancel Transfer Order for Storage UnitLT1A Change Transfer Order HeaderLT1B Confirm Item: Confirm Single Item (Pick Step)LT21 Display Transfer OrderSDSAP TRANSACTION CODES122T-Code DescriptionLT22 Transfer orders for storage typeLT23 Transfer Orders: List of Resident DocumentsLT24 Transfer Orders for MaterialLT25 Display Transfer Order / GroupLT25A Transfer Orders for Each Group (By Wave Pick)LT25N Transfer Orders for Each Group (Collective Processing)LT26 Transfer Orders for Storage BinLT27 Transfer Orders for Storage UnitLT28 Transfer Orders for Each GroupLT31 Print Transfer OrderLT42 Create TOs by Multiple ProcessingMC+A Customer Analysis: Returns: SelectionMC+E Customer Analysis: Invoiced Sales: SelectionMCTA Customer Analysis: SelectionMCTC Material Analysis (SIS): SelectionMCTE Sales Organization Analysis: SelectionMCV9 Incomplete SD DocumentsOLVD SAP Easy Access Customizing for Sales and Distribution: ShippingOLVF SAP Easy Access SD Customizing: BillingOLVS SAP Easy Access Customizing for Sales and Distribution: Master DataOVKK "Change View ""Pricing Procedurs: Determination in Sales Docs."":Overview"OVXC Shipping Points -> Plants: OverviewPOF1 Pkg instruction - Create Determination RecsPOF2 Pkg instruction - Change Determination RecsPOF3 Pkg instruction - Display Determination RecsPOP1 Create Packing InstructionPOP2 Change Packing InstructionPOP5 Report that outputs all condition records for packaging instructionsPRICAT Initial screen: Price Catalog MaintenanceV.01 Incomplete SD DocumentsV.02 Incomplete SD Documents (Incomplete Orders)

Page 60: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

SALES AND DISTRIBUTION123T-Code DescriptionV.14 Sales Orders/Contracts Blocked for DeliveryV.15 BackordersV.21 Log of Collective RunV.23 Release Sales Orders for BillingV/03 Create Condition Table (Pricing Sales/Distribution)V/04 Change Condition Table (Pricing Sales/Distribution)V/05 Display Condition Table (Pricing Sales/Distribution)V/06 "Change View ""Conditions: Condition Types"": Overview"V/07 "Change View ""Access Sequences"": Overview"V/08 "Change View ""Procedures"": Overview"V/09 "Change View ""Conditions: Types"": Overview"V/10 "Change View ""Access Sequences"": Overview"V/11 "Change View ""Procedures"": Overview"V/12 Create Condition Table (Accnt Determination Sales/Distribution)V/13 Change Condition Table (Accnt Determination Sales/Distribution)V/14 Display Condition Table (Accnt Determination Sales/Distribution)V/LD Execute Pricing ReportV_NL Create net price listV_R2 Rescheduling of sales and stock transfer documents: EvaluationV_UC Selection of Incomplete SD DocumentsV_V2 Rescheduling of sales and stock transfer documents: by materialV-61 Create Customer Discount Condition (K007): Fast EntryV-64 Display Customer Discount (K007): SelectionVA00 SAP Easy Access SalesVA01 Create Sales OrderVA02 Change Sales OrderVA03 Display Sales OrderVA05 List of Sales OrdersVA07 Selection: Comparison of Orders with Purchase Requisitions and POsVA08 Adjustment sales-purchasing (selection using organizational data)VA11 Create InquirySDSAP TRANSACTION CODES124T-Code DescriptionVA12 Change InquiryVA13 Display InquiryVA14L Sales Documents Blocked for DeliverVA15 List of InquiriesVA21 Create QuotationVA22 Change QuotationVA23 Display QuotationVA25 List of QuotationsVA26 List of Quotations (Follow-up Actions)VA31 Create Scheduling AgreementVA32 Change Scheduling AgreementVA33 Display Scheduling AgreementVA35 List of Scheduling AgreementsVA41 Create ContractVA42 Change ContractVA42W Change Contract

Page 61: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

VA43 Display ContractVA44 Actual Overhead: Calculation: Sales OrderVA45 List of ContractsVA46 List of Contracts (Follow-up Actions)VA51 Create Item ProposalVA52 Change Item ProposalVA53 Display Item ProposalVA55 List of Item ProposalsVA88 Actual Settlement: Sales OrdersVACF Fiscal year close: Carry forward commitmentVB01 Create Listing/ExclusionVB02 Change Listing/ExclusionVB03 Display Listing/ExclusionVB11 Create Material DeterminationVB12 Change Material DeterminationSALES AND DISTRIBUTION125T-Code DescriptionVB13 Display Material DeterminationVB21 Create Sales DealVB22 Change Sales DealVB23 Display Sales DealVB25 List of Sales DealsVB31 Create PromotionVB32 Change PromotionVB33 Display PromotionVB35 Promotions ListVB41 Create cross-sellingVB42 Change cross-sellingVB43 Display cross-sellingVBG1 Create Material GroupingVBG2 Change Material GroupingVBG3 Display Material GroupingVBK0 SAP Easy Access Material Grouping/Bonus BuyVBK1 Create bonus buyVBK2 Change bonus buyVBK3 Display bonus buyVBN1 Create free goods determinationVBN2 Change free goods determinationVBN3 Display free goods determinationVBO1 Create Rebate AgreementVBO2 Change Rebate AgreementVBO3 Display Rebate AgreementVBOF Update Billing DocumentsVC/2 Sales SummaryVC00 SAP Easy Access Sales SupportVC01 Create Sales ActivityVC02 Change Sales ActivityVC03 Display Sales ActivitySDSAP TRANSACTION CODES126T-Code DescriptionVCC1 Payment Cards: Worklist

Page 62: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

VD01 Customer Create (Sales)VD02 Customer Change (Sales)VD03 Customer Display (Sales)VD04 Customer Account ChangesVD05 Customer Block/UnblockVD06 Customer Flag for DeletionVD51 Create Customer-Material Info RecordVD52 Selection of Customer-Material Info Records (Change)VD53 Selection of Customer-Material Info Records (Display)VD59 List customer-material-infoVDH2 Display customer hierarchyVF00 SAP Easy Access BillingVF01 Create Billing DocumentVF02 Change Billing DocumentVF03 Display Billing DocumentVF04 Maintain Billing Due ListVF05 List of Billing DocumentsVF11 Cancel Billing DocumentVF21 Create Invoice ListVF22 Change invoice listVF23 Display Invoice ListVF25 List of Invoice ListsVF26 Cancel Invoice ListVF31 Output from BillingVFRB Retro-billingVFX3 Release Billing Documents for AccountingVG01 Create GroupVG02 Change GroupVG03 Display GroupVGK1 Create Group: Documents by GroupSALES AND DISTRIBUTION127T-Code DescriptionVGK2 Change GroupVGK3 Display GroupVGM1 Create Group: Documents by GroupVI01 Create Shipment CostsVI02 Change Shipment CostsVI03 Display freight costsVI04 Shipment List: Create shipment costsVI05 List Shipment Costs: Change WorklistVI11 List Shipment Costs: CalculationVI12 List Shipment Costs: SettlementVI16 Logs in the application logVK11 Create Condition RecordsVK12 Change Condition RecordsVK13 Display Condition RecordsVK14 Create Condition Records with ReferenceVKM1 Blocked SD DocumentsVKM2 Released SD DocumentsVKM3 Sales DocumentVKM4 SD DocumentsVKM5 DeliveriesVKP0 SAP Easy Access PricingVKP1 Change Price Calculation

Page 63: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

VKP5 Create Price CalculationVL00 SAP Easy Access ShippingVL01N Create Outbound Delivery with Order ReferenceVL01NO Create Outbound Delivery without Order ReferenceVL02N Change Outbound DeliveryVL03N Display Outbound DeliveryVL04 Sales Orders/Purchase Orders Worklist: SelectionVL06 Delivery MonitorVL06C Outbound Deliveries for ConfirmationSDSAP TRANSACTION CODES128T-Code DescriptionVL06D Outbound Deliveries for DistributionVL06F General Delivery List - Outbound DeliveriesVL06G Oubound Deliveries for Goods IssueVL06I Inbound Delivery MonitorVL06IC Inbound Deliveries for ConfirmationVL06ID Inbound Deliveries for DistributionVL06IF List of Inbound DeliveriesVL06IG Inbound Deliveries for Goods ReceiptVL06IP Inbound Deliveries for PutawayVL06L Outbound Deliveries for LoadingVL06O Outbound Delivery MonitorVL06P Outbound Deliveries for PickingVL06T Outbound Deliveries for Transportation PlanningVL06U Unchecked Outbound DeliveriesVL08 Report Results of Pick OrderVL09 Reverse Goods MovementVL10 Sales Orders, Fast DisplayVL10A Sales Orders, Fast DisplayVL10B Purchase Orders, Fast DisplayVL10H Sales Order and Purchase Order ItemsVL10I Sales and Purch. Order Item Sched. LinesVL21 Create Background Jobs for Goods Issue PostingVL22 Display change documents of deliveryVL23N Scheduling reports for background processingVL30 SAP Easy Access Inbound DeliveryVL31N Create Inbound DeliveryVL32N Change Inbound DeliveryVL33N Display Inbound DeliveryVL34 Generation of Inbound DeliveriesVL35 Create Picking Waves According to Delivery Compare TimesVL35_S Create Pick. Waves Acc. To ShpmntsSALES AND DISTRIBUTION129T-Code DescriptionVL36 Change Wave PicksVL37 Wave Pick MonitorVL41 Create Rough Goods ReceiptVL42 Change Rough GRVL43 Display Rough GRVLSP Subsequent Outbound-Delivery SplitVM01 Create hazardous material

Page 64: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

VM02 Change hazardous materialVM03 Display hazardous materialVRRE Create Returns Delivery for Repair OrderVS00 SAP Easy Access Sales Master DataVS01 Create scaleVS02 Change scaleVS03 Display scaleVS04 Create scale with referenceVS05 List ScalesVS06 List Scales (Shipment Cost)VSB1 Inbound Monitor: SD Self-Billing Procedure, Status WindowVT00 SAP Easy Access TransportationVT01N Create ShipmentVT02N Change ShipmentVT03N Display ShipmentVT04 Create shipments in collective proc.VT05 Logs in the application logVT06 Shipment List: Colelctive change shpmtVT11 Shipment List: PlanningVT12 Shipment List: Shipment CompletionVT16 Shipment List: Check-inVT20 Overall Shipment Status MonitorVT22 Selection Screen: Change Document ShipmentVT32 Selection Criteria for Forwarding AgentSDSAP TRANSACTION CODES130T-Code DescriptionVT70 Messages for ShipmentsVV21 Create Output - Condition Records: ShippingVV22 Change Output - Condition Records: ShippingVV23 Display Output - Condition Records: ShippingVV31 Create Output - Condition Records: BillingVV32 Change Output - Condition Records: BillingVV33 Display Output - Condition Records: BillingVV51 Create Output - Condition Records: Sales activitiesVV52 Change Output - Condition Records: Sales activitiesVV53 Display Output - Condition Records: Sales activitiesVV61 Create Output - Condition Records: Handling UnitsVV62 Change Output - Condition Records: Handling UnitsVV63 Display Output - Condition Records: Handling UnitsVV71 Create Output - Condition Records: TransportVV72 Change Output - Condition Records: TransportVV73 Display Output - Condition Records: TransportVVG1 Create Output - Condition Records: GroupsVVG2 Change Output - Condition Records: GroupsVVG3 Display Output - Condition Records: GroupsVX00 SAP Easy Access Foreign Trade / CustomsVX01N License CreateVX01X License CreateVX02N License ChangeVX02X License ChangeVX03N License DisplayVX03X License Display

Page 65: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

VX0C SAP Easy Access Foreign TradeW10M SAP Easy Access RetailingWA01 Create Allocation TableWA02 Change Allocation TableWA03 Display Allocation TableSALES AND DISTRIBUTION131T-Code DescriptionWA04 Edit allocation table, replyWA08 Follow-on Document Generation Allocation TableWA11 Allocation Table: Message Bundling / Notification CreationWA21 Allocation Rule CreateWA22 Allocation Rule ChangeWA23 Allocation Rule DisplayWAK0 SAP Easy Access PromotionWAK1 Create promotionWAK11 Promotion - display for plantWAK12 Maintain promotion itemsWAK14 Promotions for a materialWAK15 Promotions for a plantWAK2 Change promotionWAK3 Display promotionWAK4 Delete promotionWAK5 Promo. Subsequent processingWAP1 Appointments: Process WorklistWAP2 Appointments: ChangeWAP3 Appointments: DisplayWAP4 Appointments: OverviewWAP5 Appointment: ChangeWB00 SAP Easy Access Subseq. Settlement, Purchasing - Vendor RebateArrangWB01 Plant CreateWB02 Plant ChangeWB03 Plant DisplayWB20 SAP Easy Access SAP Global Trade ManagementWB21 Trading Contract CreateWB22 Trading Contract ChangeWB23 Trading Contract DisplayWB24 Trading Contract: General Document OverviewWB25 Trading Contract: General Document OverviewSDSAP TRANSACTION CODES132T-Code DescriptionWB26 Trading Contract: Document FlowWB27 Trading Contract: Document FlowWB28 Trading contract: Display change documentsWB2R Global Trade General Control ParametersWB60 Create PromotionsWB61 Change PromotionsWB62 Display PromotionsWB63 Delete PromotionsWB66 Plants in a Class - Maintain AssignmentWDBI Assortment List: Initialization and Full Version

Page 66: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

WDBM Assortment List.: Manual RequestWDIS SAP Easy Access Materials Requirements PlanningWDRD1 Determine Delivery RelationshipWDRD2 Change Delivery RelationshipWDRD3 Display Delivery RelationshipWDRD4 Delete Delivery RelationshipWEKF SAP Easy Access Purchase OrderWF30 Merchandise Distribution: MonitorWF40 Delete distributionWF50 Adjust Distribution: SelectionWF60 Create Outbound Deliveries for Merchandise DistributionWF70 Create distribution orders - selectionWFRE Distribution of Returns Among BackordersWKK1 Create Market-Basket Price CalculationWLCN Delete All Listing Conditions From Layout ModuleWLWB Space Management: Layout WorkbenchWMB1 Create Price EntryWMB2 Change Price EntryWMB3 Display Price EntryWMBE Stock Overview: Value-only MaterialWPER POS Interface MonitorSALES AND DISTRIBUTION133T-Code DescriptionWPLG Space Management: Display Materials in Layout ModuleWPMA Direct requrest for POS outboundWPMI POS Outbound: InitializationWPMU POS Interface - Outbound: Change MessageWPUF POS Simulation: Accounting Documents - ItemsWPUK POS Simulation: SelectionWPUS Simulation: Inbound ProcessingWPUW Goods MovementsWSE4 Material Discontinuation (Material/Plant Discontinuation)WSK1 Assortment Copy AssortmentWSL0 Material Groups - Material - Assortments Consistency CheckWSL1 Listing ConditionsWSL11 Evaluation of Listing ConditionsWSL5 Modules in AssortmentWSL7 Material List of a Vendor for AssortmentWSM4A Automatic Relisting Via Changes to Assortment Master DataWSM8 Reorganize Listing Conditions By Material GroupWSM9 Deletion of Obsolete Listing ConditionsWSO1 Assortment Module CreateWSO5 Assortment Module assignment to Assortment: MaintnWSO7 Assortment Module assignment to Assortment: DisplayWSOA1 Create AssortmentWSOA2 Change AssortmentWSOA3 Display AssortmentWSP4 Create Individual Listing Material/AssortmentWSP5 Change Individual Listing Material/AssortmentWSP6 Delete Individual Listing Material/AssortmentWSPL Display/edit material master segments that cannot be generatedWVA1 Create Planned mark-upWVA2 Change Planned mark-upWVA3 Display Planned mark-up

Page 67: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

SDSAP TRANSACTION CODES134T-Code DescriptionWVA7 Display Planned markup (Price list)WVFB Simulation Store Orders: Header Data SelectionWVFD Send physical inventory documentWVFI Simulation: Store Physical Inventory/Sales Price ChangeWVM2 Transfer of Stock and Sales DataWVN0 Pricing Worklist: GenerateWVN1 Release Worklist for MaterialWWM1 Create Product CatalogWWM2 Change Product CatalogWWM3 Display Product CatalogWWM4 Copy Product CatalogWWM5 Delete Product Catalog

HUMANRESOURCESHUMAN RESOURCES137T-Code DescriptionBD78 Monitoring control data distributionBD82 Generate Partner ProfileCADO Display Time Sheet DataCAOR Display Time Sheet DataCAPS Time Sheet: Approve Times (Selection by Master Data)CAT2 Time Sheet (Change)CAT3 Time Sheet (Display)CAT4 Time Sheet: Approve Times (Selection by Org. Assignment)CAT6 Transfer Time Data to HR Time ManagementCATC Time Sheet: Time LevelingCATS SAP Easy Access Time SheetCATS_DA Display Working TimesCBHR11 Create Person: Role External PersonCBHR12 Change Person: Finance. New Role External PersonCBHR13 Display External PersonCBHR21 Create Organization: Role AuthorityCBHR22 Change AuthorityCBHR23 Display AuthorityOOPD "Change View ""HR Master Data"": Overview"

Page 68: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

P1B4 Copy Object Lists Between ClientsPA00 SAP Easy Access Personnel AdministrationPA03 Payroll control recordPA05 Table COIFT keyPA06 Number Range for Time Events and Plant DataPA07 HR vendor for garnishment remittancePA08 Define vendor subgroup for individual remittancePA09 Days carried MM-SRV: HR document numberPA0A Range of Numbers for Central PersonPA10 Personnel FilePA20 Display HR Master DataPA30 Maintain HR Master DataHRSAP TRANSACTION CODES138T-Code DescriptionPA40 Personnel ActionsPA41 Change Entry/Leaving DatePA42 Fast Entry for ActionsPA48 Hiring of Transferred EmployeesPA51 Display Time DataPA53 Display Time DataPA61 Maintain Time DataPA62 List Entry of Additional DataPA63 Maintain Time DataPA64 Calendar EntryPA70 Fast EntryPA71 Fast Entry of Time DataPAAH InfoSet Query (InfoSet: HR Personnel Administration)PAC5 Maintain HR Master DataPACA PF AdministrationPACB PF Account Maintenance: AccessPACC PF DebuggerPACE Maintain Postings: AccessPACK SAP Easy Access HR-CH: Pension FundPACN HR-CH: Pension fund: Account number number rangesPACP HR-CH: Pension fund, person viewPACT PC parameter maintenance: AccessPAL1 Create Sales RepresentativePAL2 Display Sales RepresentativePAL3 Maintain Sales RepresentativePAL4 Create BuyerPAL5 Maintain BuyerPAL6 Display BuyerPAR1 Flexible Employee DataPAR2 Employee ListPAT1 Display Report Tree Report Selection for AdministrationHUMAN RESOURCES139T-Code DescriptionPAUX Adjustment WorkbenchPAUY Adjustment Workbench (special retro processing)PAW1 Who is WhoPB00 SAP Easy Access Recruitment

Page 69: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

PB04 Number Ranges for Applicant AdministrationPB10 Initial entry of basic data (Applicant Master Data)PB20 Display applicant master dataPB30 Maintain applicant master dataPB40 Applicant actionsPB50 Display Applicant ActivitiesPB60 Maintain Applicant ActivitiesPB80 VacanciesPBA0 Job AdvertisementsPBA1 Applicants by NamePBA2 ApplicationsPBA3 Vacancy AssignmentsPBA4 Applicants by actionPBA5 Print Letters (SAPscript)PBA6 Complete Activities after PrintoutPBA7 Direct Data TransferPBA8 Complete Activities after Data TransferPBA9 Planned activitiesPBAA Evaluate Recruitment InstrumentsPBAB Maintain vacancy assignmentsPBAC Applicant StatisticsPBAD Print Letters (RTF format)PBAE Applicants by actionPBAF Administration of Selection ProcedurePBAG VacanciesPBAH Applicant SelectionPBAI Find Objects for QualificationsHRSAP TRANSACTION CODES140T-Code DescriptionPBAJ Display Report Tree Reporting selection for Recruitment: OverviewPBAK Print labelsPBAL Create Activities in Bulk processingPBAM Variable Applicant ListPBAN InfoSet Query (InfoSet: HR Recruitment)PBAP Find Objects for Qualifications (Internal Applicants)PBAQ Find Objects for Qualifications (External Applicants)PBAT Print Letters (SAPscript)PBAU "Change View ""Recruitment Instrument"": Overview"PBAV "Display View ""Recruitment Instrument"": Overview"PBAW Job Advertisements (Maintain)PBAX Job Advertisements (Display)PBAY Vacancies (Maintain)PBAZ Vacancies (Display)PBWW Maintain Standard Text in RTF Format (access word processing)PDSY HR Documentation MaintenancePE50 HR Form EditorPEPM Display Profile MatchupPEPP Profile EvaluationPF02 Test Settings for Value-Based Inventory ManagementPF05 Number Range for Standard Task, Role, etc.PFAC Maintain RulePFAL HR: ALE Distribution HR Master Data

Page 70: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

PFCG Acivity Group (Authorizations)PFCP Copy Report for Workflow TasksPFCT Task CatalogPFOM Initial Screen: Assignment to SAP Organizational Objects (Create)PFOS Initial Screen: Assignment to SAP Organizational Objects (Display)PFSE Planning Tool (PFS): StartPFSO Display of Organizational AssignmentPFT Maintain TaskHUMAN RESOURCES141T-Code DescriptionPFTR Choose Standard Task TransactionPFTS Maintain Standard taskPFWF Maintain Workflow taskPFWS Maintain Workflow templatePGOM PD Graphics InterfacePIMN SAP Easy Access Human Resources Information SystemPM01 Create InfotypePMEC Employee (Change)PMED Employee (Display)PMMN SAP Easy Access HR Funds and Position ManagementPO01 Maintain Work CenterPO01D Display Work CenterPO02 Maintain Training ProgramPO02D Display Training ProgramPO03 Maintain JobPO03D Display JobPO04 Maintain Business Event TypePO04D Display Business Event TypePO05 Maintain Business EventPO05D Display Business EventPO06 Maintain LocationPO06D Display LocationPO07 Maintain ResourcePO07D Display ResourcePO08 Maintain External PersonPO08D Display External PersonPO09 Maintain Business Event GroupPO09D Display Business Event GroupPO10 Maintain Organizational UnitPO10D Display Organizational UnitPO11 Maintain QualificationHRSAP TRANSACTION CODES142T-Code DescriptionPO11D Display QualificationPO12 Maintain Resource TypePO12D Display Resource TypePO13 Maintain PositionPO13D Display PositionPO14 Maintain TaskPO14D Display TaskPO15 Maintain Company

Page 71: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

PO15D Display CompanyPO16 Maintain ServicesPO16D Display ServicePO17 Maintain Requirements ProfilePO17D Display Requirements ProfilePO18 Maintain Resource 'Room'PO18D Display Resource RoomPO19 Maintain External InstructorPO19D Display External InstructorPOI1 Selection of master data to be sent for PFSPOIL Monitor receipt of data changesPOIM Select Master Data for TransferPOIT Select Transaction Data for TransferPOIU Start POI Data UploadPP01 Maintain objectPP02 Maintain Plan Data: Expert ModePP03 Maintain Plan Data: Execute ActionsPP05 Number Ranges for Personnel PlanningPP06 Number of Additional Relationship DataPP23 Personnel Cost Planning: Change Scenario Group's PasswordPP26 Plan scenario administrationPP27 Releasing a plan scenario for ControllingPP28 Planning Basis Projected PayHUMAN RESOURCES143T-Code DescriptionPP29 Change Scenario GroupPP2B Planning Basis Basic PayPP30 Room ReservationsPP32 Services (Room Reservations)PP40 Business Event NotificationsPP61 Shift Plan: Entry Screen (Change)PP62 Requirements Display: Entry ScreenPP63 Requirements Change: Entry ScreenPP64 Choose plan version (Shift Planning)PP65 Simple maintenance (Entry Objects)PP6A Display Personal Shift PlanPP6B Display attendance listPP70 SAP Easy Access Organizational ManagementPP72 SAP Easy Access Time Management: Shift PlanningPP74 SAP Easy Access Personnel Cost PlanningPP7S SAP Easy Access Organizational ManagementPP90 Set Up OrganizationPPCI Create infotypePPCJ Create infotypePPCO Organisational Management: Maintain Organizational PlanPPCP Career PlanningPPCT Task CatalogPPEM Planning for Organizational UnitPPIS HIS: Access ObjectPPLB Evaluate CareersPPME Initial Screen Matrix (Change)PPMM SAP Easy Access Personnel PlanningPPMS Initial Screen Matrix (Display)PPO1 Account Assignment / Change

Page 72: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

PPO2 Account Assignment / DisplayPPO3 Reporting Structure / ChangeHRSAP TRANSACTION CODES144T-Code DescriptionPPO4 Display Reporting StructurePPO5 Attributes of Organizational Units and Positions / ChangePPO6 Attributes of Organizational Units and Positions / DisplayPPOC Organizational and Staffing (Workflow) CreatePPOM Organizational and Staffing (Workflow) ChangePPOMA Attributes in Organizational Management ChangePPOME Organization and Staffing ChangePPOS Organization and Staffing Display (Organizational Unit)PPOSE Organization and Staffing Display (Organization and Staffing)PPPE SAP Easy Access Personnel DevelopmentPPPM User: Change ProfilePPQ1 Find Objects for QualificationsPPQ2 Find Objects for RequirementsPPQD Catalog: Display Qualification(s)PPRP Reporting: Personnel DevelopmentPPSC Create StructurePPSM Change StructurePPSP Succession PlanningPPSS Display StructurePPST Structure Display/MaintenancePPUP Settings for Personnel DevelopmentPQ01 Actions for Work CenterPQ02 Actions for Training ProgramPQ03 Actions for JobPQ04 Actions for Business Event TypePQ06 Actions for LocationPQ07 Actions for ResourcePQ08 Actions for External PersonPQ09 Actions for Business Event GroupPQ10 Actions for Organizational UnitPQ12 Actions for Resource TypeHUMAN RESOURCES145T-Code DescriptionPQ13 Actions for PositionPQ14 Actions for TaskPQ15 Actions for CompanyPQ17 Actions for Requirement ProfilesPQ18 Actions for Resource RoomPQ19 Actions for External InstructorPQAH InfoSet Query (InfoSet: HR Personnel Administration)PR00 SAP Easy Access Travel ExpensesPR02 Travel Calendar: Domestic TripsPR03 Trip AdvancesPR04 Overview of Weekly ReportsPR05 Travel Expense ManagerPR10 Number ranges for trip numbersPR11 Days Carried FI/CO: Travel Expenses Posting Documents

Page 73: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

PRAA Create/Change/Block Vendor Master Records from HR Master RecordsPRAP Approval of TripsPRCC Import of Credit Card Data (Credit Card Clearing)PRCD Delete/Restore Trip Country DataPREC Settlement of Trip DataPRMD Maintain HR Master DataPRML Change Country GroupingPRMM Personnel ActionsPRMS Display HR Master DataPRMT Update of Trip Costs MatchcodePRPD Delimitation of Per-Diem/Maximum Rates for MealsPS03 SAP Easy Access Project PlanningPS04 SAP Easy Access Project BudgetingPSC0 Set Plan VersionPSO0 Set Plan Version (Organizational Management)PSO1 Set Aspect (Organizational Management)PSO3 Display and Maintain InfotypesHRSAP TRANSACTION CODES146T-Code DescriptionPSO4 Maintain InfotypePSOA Work Center ReportingPSOC Job ReportingPSOG ListsPSOO Organizational Unit ReportingPSOS Position ReportingPSOT Task ReportingPSSD Loans - Borrower's Notes Customizing Check Report Flow TypesPSV0 Change / Display ResourcesPSV1 Dynamic Attendance MenuPSV2 Dynamic Business Event MenuPSV3 Dynamic Information MenuPSV4 Set Plan VersionPSV5 Information menu: participationPSV6 Information menu: business eventsPSV7 Information menu: resourcesPSV8 Maintain objects for internal courses (Create Participant/Attendee)PSV9 Maintain objects for external courses (Change/Display Participant/Attendee)PSVA Set AspectPSVC Current SettingsPSVL Set Business Event LanguagePSVO Change / display organizerPSVP Dynamic Planning MenuPSVR Resource MenuPSVT Dynamic Tool MenuPT00 SAP Easy Access Time Management: Time Data AdministrationPT01 Create Work SchedulePT02 Change Work SchedulePT03 Display Work SchedulePT10 Number range for person time document numberPT11 Number range for person time quotasHUMAN RESOURCES

Page 74: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

147T-Code DescriptionPT12 HR: Posting documents for days carried: Cost allocationPT40 Time Management PoolPT41 HR-PDC/CC1: Communication ParametersPT42 Transfer HR Master Data to PDC SubsystemsPT43 Transfer Master Data to PDC SubsystemsPT44 Upload requestPT45 HR-PDC: Post personnel time eventsPT46 Post Work Time Events from PP-PDCPT50 Quota OverviewPT60 Time Evaluation for Concurrent EmploymentPT61 Time Statement FormPT62 Attendance CheckPT63 Personal Work SchedulePT64 Attendance/Absence Data: OverviewPT65 Overview Graphic of Attendances/AbsencesPT66 Display Time Evaluation Results (Cluster B2)PT68 Transfer Additional Data for Activity Allocation to AccountingPT69 Time Recording for Multiple Persons and InfotypesPT70 Display Report Tree Time Management report selection: OverviewPT71 Display Report Tree Time Management tool selection: OverviewPT90 Attendance/Absence Data: Calendar ViewPT91 Attendances/Absences: Multiple Employee ViewPTE1 Create Batch Input Session for Employee ExpendituresPTE2 Batch Input: Process sessions in batchPTE3 Reorganize Table TEXLGA (Employee Expenditures)PTMW Time Manager's WorkplacePU90 Delete applicant dataPUC0 HR-CH: Assign/delete employee attributesPUCG Reference copier for pension fundsPUCK Organizational object HR-CH: Pension fundsPUCV Organizational object Business areaHRSAP TRANSACTION CODES148T-Code DescriptionPUCW Task: MaintainPUOCBA Subsequent Processes of Off-Cycle ActivitiesPUST HR Process WorkbenchPUU1 BSI test tool 5.0PV00 Book Attendance: DataPV01 Rebook AttendancePV02 Prebook Attendance: DataPV03 Replace AttendancePV04 Cancel AttendancePV05 Book Attendee ListPV06 Prebooking List per Business Event TypePV07 Book Attendee ListPV08 Book List: Business EventsPV09 Plan Business EventsPV10 Create Business Event with ResourcesPV11 Create Business Event without ResourcesPV12 Firmly Book / Cancel Business Event

Page 75: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

PV14 Lock / Unlock Business EventPV15 Follow Up Business EventPV16 Prebooking List per AttendeePV17 Billing Business EventsPV18 Internal Activity Allocation for AttendeesPV1A Change Business EventPV1B Display Business EventPV1C Business Event Cost Calculation and Cost Transfer to COPV1D Calculate Business Event Prices and Transfer to Infotype 1021 'Price'PV26 Book List: Business EventsPV34 Attendee AppraisalPVB0 Budgeting (Business Event Budget)PVB1 Create Budget StructurePVB2 Display Budget StructureHUMAN RESOURCES149T-Code DescriptionPVB3 Change Budget StructurePVBA Budget ComparisonPVBB Display Development Plan CatalogPVCT Training and Event Management: Master Data CatalogPVD0 Business event typePVF0 Location (Create/Change)PVF1 Location: Initial Screen (Room Reservations)PVG0 Resource (Create/Change)PVG1 Room (Create/Change)PVG2 Lock/Unlock ResourcePVG3 Room: Initial Screen (Room Reservations)PVH0 External person (Create/Change)PVH1 External instructor (Create/Change)PVH2 External person: Initial Screen (Room Reservations)PVL0 Business event group (Create/Change)PVMN SAP Easy Access Training and Event ManagementPVR0 Resource type (Create/Change)PVR1 Resource type: Initial Screen (Room Reservations)PVU0 Company (Create/Change)PVU1 Company: Initial Screen (Room Reservations)PVV0 Service (Create/Change)TPED Maintain HR Master Data (ESS)TPES Display HR Master Data (ESS)HR

PAYROLLPAYROLL

Page 76: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

153T-Code DescriptionFDTA Data Medium AdministrationPC00 SAP Easy Access Payroll for all countriesPC10 SAP Easy Access PayrollPC99 SAP Easy Access International PayrollPCP0 Display posting runsPDF0 Conversion Report for Remuneration Statement FormsPDF7 Delete Form in Customer ClientPDF8 Copy Form from SAP Client to Customer ClientPDF9 Copy form within customer clientPDFA Conversion of Payroll Journal FormsPE01 Personnel Calculation SchemasPE02 Personnel Calculation RulesPE03 Maintain FeaturesPE04 Maintain Functions and OperationsPE51 HR Form EditorPEST Maintenance of Process ModelsPM10 StatementsPM11 Statements: Initial ScreenPM12 Statements: Fast data entryPM13 Statements: AdministrationPMESIM Posting to Accounting: Create Posting RunPMSI Payroll Simulation for PersonsPP2D Personnel Cost Planning; Delete Payroll ResultsPP2P Planning Basis Payroll ResultsPRC2 "Change View ""Screen Modification for Account Assignment Block"": Overview"PRC7 "Change View ""Screen Modification for Account Assignment Block"": Overview"PRCU International Payment Medium - Check (with check management)PRD1 Payment Medium USA - Transfers/Bank Direct Debits in ACH FormatsPRDE Delete Trip Provision VariantPRDH Determination of Employees with Exceeded Trip DaysPYSAP TRANSACTION CODES154T-Code DescriptionPRDX Data Medium Exchange: Travel Expenses (USA)PREX Create expense reportPRF0 Standard Travel Expense FormPRF1 Summarized Form 1 for Travel ExpensesPRF2 Summarized Form 2 for Travel Expenses AccountingPRFI Create Posting RunPRFW Income-Relatedl.Expenses StatementPRHD Delimitation of Per-Diem/Maximum Rates for MealsPRHH Generation of Scaled Meals Rates According to TimesPRHP Generation of Scaled Meals Rates According to TimesPRPY Transfer Travel Expenses to Separate Payroll SystemPRRQ Create Travel RequestPRRW Posting Run ManagementPRST Travel Expense Reporting by PeriodPRTE Trip DetailsPRTS Overview of Trips

Page 77: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

PT67 PDC Time Evaluation: Supply Third-Party Payroll SystemPU00 Delete Personnel DataPU01 Delete current payroll resultPU03 Change Payroll StatusPU11 Supplementary Pension (PSG) - Initial AccessPU12 Interface ToolboxPU19 Tax ReporterPU22 Archiving Payroll DataPU30 Wage Type MaintenancePU95 Edit Wage Type Groups and Logical ViewsPU96 Edit Wage Type GroupsPU97 Edit Logical ViewsPU98 Assign Wage Types to Wage Type GroupsPUOCLL Bank transfer reversed or replaced by checkPW00 SAP Easy Access Incentive WagesPAYROLL155T-Code DescriptionPW01 Maintain Incentive WagesPW02 Display Incentive WagesPW03 Record Incentive WagesPW41 Integration with Logistics: Read Interface File and Generate SessionPW42 Batch Input: Session OverviewPW43 Integration with Logistics: Reorganize Interface FilePW61 Time LevelingPW62 Working Times of Time - and Incentive Wage EarnersPW63 Reassignment Proposals for Wage GroupsPW70 Recalculate Results and Cumulations for Individual Incentive WagesPW71 Recalculate Results and Cumulations for Group Incentive WagesPW91 Incentive Wages: ParametersPW92 User ExitsPW93 Validation for Group Incentive WagesPW94 Logistics Integration ParametersPY

SYSTEMSYSTEM159T-Code DescriptionAL08 List of All Users Logged OnAL11 Display SAP DirectoriesAL12 Display Table BufferAL13 Display Shared MemoryAL15 Customize SAPOSCOL destination

Page 78: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

ALO1 Determine ASH/DOREX RelationshipsBD64 Display Distribution ModelBD83 Process Outbound IDOCs with Errors AgainBD84 Reprocess IDOCs After Inbound ALE ErrorBD87 Status Monitor for ALE MessagesCMOD Project Management of SAP EnhancementsDB01 DBA Cockpit: System Configuration MaintenanceDB02 Tables and Indexes MonitorDB03 Parameter history, active parameters and db optionsDB11 Select Database ConnectionDB12 DBA Backup LogsDB13 DBA Planning CalendarDB15 Tables and Archiving ObjectsDB2 Select Database ActivitiesDB26 Parameter history, active parameters and db optionsDB2J DB2 z/OS: JCL SettingsDBCO "Display View "" Description of Database Connections"": Overview"EWZ5 EMU Conversion: Lock and Unlock UsersEWZ6 EMU Conversion: Lock and Unlock UsersFILE Cross-Client File Names/PathsIDX1 Port Maintenance in IDoc AdapterIDX2 Metadata Overview for IDoc AdapterLSMW Legacy System Migration WorkbenchNACE Conditions for Output ControlOAA1 ArchiveLink: Selection of Storage SystemsOAA3 ArchiveLink: Communications Interface AdministrationSYSSAP TRANSACTION CODES160T-Code DescriptionOAA4 ArchiveLink: Application MaintenanceOAAD ArchiveLink: Administration of Stored DocumentsOAC2 "Change View ""Global document types"": Overview"OAC5 "Display View "" Settings for Bar Code Entry"": Overview"OACA "Change View ""Parameter Definition Workflow"": Overview"OAD0 "Change View ""Definition of Object Link Types"": Overview"OAD2 "Change View ""ArchiveLink: Document classes"": Overview"OAD3 "Change View ""Link Tables"": Overview"OAD4 "Change View ""Bar Code Types"": Overview"OAD5 ArchiveLink Customizing WizardOADR Search for Stored Print ListsOAM1 ArchiveLink: MonitorOAOR Business Document NavigatorOARE "Display View ""Administration: Storage system error messages"": Overview"OOSB "Change View ""User Authorizations"": Overview"OS01 LAN Check by PINGOS03 Parameter Changes in Operating SystemOS04 Local / Configuration ParameterOS05 Remote System CconfigurationOS06 Local / Operating System MonitorOS07 Remote Operating System ActivityOSS1 Log On to SAPNetOY18 Analysis of Changed Customizing Objects and Tables

Page 79: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

PFCG Role MaintenancePFTC Task: MaintainPFUD User Master Data ReconciliationRZ01 Job Scheduling MonitorRZ03 CCMS Control Panel: Display Server Statuses and AlertsRZ04 CCMS: Maintain Operation Modes and InstancesRZ10 Maintain Profile ParametersRZ11 Profile Parameter MaintenanceSYSTEM161T-Code DescriptionRZ12 CCMS: RFC Server Group MaintenanceRZ20 CCMS Monitor Sets - Maintenance functions OFFRZ21 Monitoring: Properties and MethodsRZ70 System Landscape Directory: Local AdministrationS000 SAP Easy AccessS001 SAP Easy Access ABAP WorkbenchS002 SAP Easy Access System AdministrationSA38 ABAP: Program ExecutionSAINT Add-On Installation ToolSALE Display ALE CustomizingSARA Archive AdministrationSARI Archive Information System: Central managementSARP Report TreeSB01 Internal Application Component Hierarchy MaintenanceSBWP SAP Business WorkplaceSC38 Cross-system Program ExecutionSCAT Computer Aided Test ToolSCC1 Copy by Transaport RequestSCC3 Client Copy/Transport Log AnalysisSCC4 Client administrationSCC5 Delete ClientSCC7 Post-Client Import MethodsSCC8 Client ExportSCC9 Remote Client CopySCCL Local Client CopySCDO Change Document Objects: OverviewSCMP View/Table ComparisonSCON SAPconnect: Administration (system status)SCU0 Customizing Cross-System ViewerSCU3 Analysis of Changed Customizing Objects and TablesSCUA Display System LandscapeSYSSAP TRANSACTION CODES162T-Code DescriptionSCUG Transfer UsersSCUM Central User AdministrationSD11 Data ModelerSDBE Input SQL statementSE01 Transport OrganizerSE03 Transport Organizer ToolsSE06 Post-Installation Actions for Transport OrganizerSE07 Import Monitor of SE1

Page 80: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

SE09 Transport OrganizerSE10 Transport OrganizerSE11 ABAP DictionarySE13 Dictionary: Technical SettingsSE14 ABAP Dictionary: Database UtilitySE15 ABAP/4 Repository Information SystemSE16 Data BrowserSE16N General Table DisplaySE17 General Table DisplaySE30 ABAP Runtime AnalysisSE32 ABAP Text Elements MaintenanceSE33 Context BuilderSE35 Maintain Dialog ModulesSE36 Logical Database BuilderSE37 Function BuilderSE38 ABAP EditorSE39 ABAP Splitscreen EditorSE40 Menu Painter Standards MaintenanceSE41 Menu PainterSE43N Area Menu MaintenanceSE51 Screen PainterSE54 Generate Table Maintenance Dialog: Initial Table/View ScreenSE55 Generate Table Maintenance Dialog: Initial Table/View ScreenSYSTEM163T-Code DescriptionSE56 Generate Table Maintenance Dialog: Initial Table/View ScreenSE57 Generate Table Maintenance Dialog: Initial Table/View ScreenSE61 Document MainentanceSE62 Short Text Conversion - ActivationSE63 Initial Screen: Standard Translation EnvironmentSE71 Form Painter: RequestSE72 Style: RequestSE73 SAPscript Font MaintenanceSE74 SAPscript format conversionSE75 SAPscript SettingsSE76 SAPscript Form TranslationSE77 SAPscript Style ConversionSE78 Administration of Form GraphicsSE80 Object NavigatorSE81 Application Hierarchy: DisplaySE82 Application Hierarchy: DisplaySE84 Repository Information SystemSE85 ABAP/4 Repository Information SystemSE89 R/3 Repository Information System: Maintain Tree DisplaySE91 Message MaintenanceSE92 System Log Message Maint.: AccessSE93 Maintain TransactionSE94 Simulation: Customer enhancement to SE38SE95 Modification Browser: Object selectionSECR Audit Information SystemSEPS Electronic Parcel ServiceSERP Report TreeSF01 "Change View ""Logical File Names, Client-Specific"": Overview"SFAW Field Selection Maintenance

Page 81: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

SHDB Transaction Recorder: Recording OverviewSICF Maintain ServicesSYSSAP TRANSACTION CODES164T-Code DescriptionSICK SAP Initial Consistency CheckSIN1 Business WorkplaceSINA Maintain Standard ConfigurationsSLG0 Application Log: Object MaintenanceSLG1 Analyze Application LogSLG2 Application log: Delete Expired LogsSLIN ABAP Program Extended Syntax CheckSM01 Lock TransactionsSM02 System MessagesSM04 User ListSM12 Display and Delete LocksSM13 Update RequestsSM14 Update Program AdministrationSM21 System Log: Local AnalysisSM28 SAP Initial Consistency CheckSM29 Tables - Model TransferSM30 Maintain Table ViewsSM31 Maintain Table ViewsSM32 Maintain Table Parameter ID TABSM33 Display Table Parameter ID TABSM34 View Cluster MaintenanceSM35 Batch Input: Session OverviewSM36 Define Background JobSM37 Simple Job SelectionSM38 Queue: Initial ScreenSM49 External Operating System CommandsSM50 Process OverviewSM51 List of SAP SystemsSM54 Maintain Table TXCOMSM55 THOST Table MaintenanceSM56 Number Range BufferSYSTEM165T-Code DescriptionSM58 Transactional RFCSM59 Configuration of RFC ConnectionsSM61 Backgroup control objects monitorSM62 Event History: OverviewSM63 Display/Maintain Operation Mode SetSM64 Background Events: Overview and AdministrationSM65 Analysis Tool - Background Processing (Simple Tests)SM66 Global Work Process OverviewSM69 External Operating System CommandsSMGW Gateway MonitorSMICM ICM MonitorSMLG CCMS: Maintain Logon GroupsSMLT Language ManagementSMOD SAP Enhancements

Page 82: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

SMQ1 qRFC Monitor (Outbound Queue)SMQ2 qRFC Monitor (Inbound Queue)SMQR qRFC Monitor (QIN Scheduler)SMT1 Display and Maintain Trusted SystemsSMT2 Display and Maintain Trusting SystemsSMW0 SAP Web RepositorySMX Job OverviewSNRO Number Range Object MaintenanceSO95 Search Interafce: RequestSO99 Find Release NotesSOA0 "Change View ""Workflow Document Types"": Overview"SOBJ View Cluster MaintenanceSOLE "Display View ""Maintenance view for OLE applications"": Overview"SOPE "Change View ""Exclusion of Specific File Extensions"": Overview"SOST SAPconnect : Transmission RequestsSP00 SAP Easy Access: Spool and Related AreasSP01 Output controller: Spool request selection screenSYSSAP TRANSACTION CODES166T-Code DescriptionSP02 Output Controller: List of Spool RequestsSP11 TemSe: Request ScreenSP12 TemSe - Administration of Temporary Sequential DataSPAD Spool AdministrationSPAM Support Package ManagerSPAU Modification Adjustment: Object SelectionSPDD Modification Adjustment Directory: Object SelectionSPHA SAPphone AdministrationSPRO CustomizingSQ01 SAP Query: Maintain queriesSQ02 SAP Query: Maintain InfoSetSQ07 Language Comparison of SAP Query ObjectsSQVI QuickViewerSRZL SAP Easy Access TestSSAA R/3 - Administrative ActivitiesSSCA Appointment Calendar: Administration for AuthorizationsST01 System TraceST02 Tune SummaryST03 Workload MonitorST04 DBA Cockpit: System Configuration MaintenanceST05 Performance AnalysisST06 Local / Operating System MonitorST07 Application Monitor: user DistributionST10 Table Call StatisticsST11 Error Log Files (Display Developer Traces)ST12 Single transaction analysisST14 Application analysisST22 ABAP Runtime ErrorST62 Short Texts Conversion - PreparationSTMS Transport Management SystemSTUN SAP Easy Access Performance MonitoringSYSTEM167

Page 83: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

T-Code DescriptionSTZAC "Change View ""Customizing time zones"": Details"STZAD "Display View ""Customizing time zones"": Details"SU01 User MaintenanceSU01D User MaintenanceSU02 Maintain Authorization ProfilesSU03 Maintain AuthorizationsSU05 Maintain Internet UsersSU10 User Mass MaintenanceSU12 Mass Changes to User Master RecordsSU20 Maintain Authorization FieldsSU21 Maintain Authorization ObjectsSU22 Auth. Object Usage in TransactionsSU24 Auth. Obj. Check Under TransactionsSU25 Upgrade Tool for Profile GeneratorSU26 Upgrade Tool for Profile GeneratorSU52 Maintain User ProfileSU53 Display Authorization Data for UserSU56 Analyze User BufferSUIM User Information SystemSUPC Roles: Mass generation of profilesSWDC Maintain Administration DataSWI30 Unlock WorkflowsSWIA Process Work Item as AdministratorSWPR Workflow Restart After ErrorSWU2 Transactional RFCSWWL Delete Work ItemSXDA Data Transfer WorkbenchTBD6 Datafeed: User Log DisplayTU02 Parameter Changes in SAPSYSTEMUSMM System MeasurementWE02 IDoc ListSYSSAP TRANSACTION CODES168T-Code DescriptionWE05 IDoc ListWE06 Active IDoc MonitoringWE07 IDoc StatisticsWE08 "Display View ""File Status: Overview"WE09 IDoc Search for Business ContentWE10 IDoc Search for Business ContentWE11 Delete IDocsWE12 Modification of Outbound File Triggering Inbound ProcgWE14 Process All Selected IDocs (EDI)WE15 Selection Program for Issuing OutputWE16 Trigger inbound processingWE17 Trigger status processingWE18 Generate test status file for outbound IDocsWE19 Test tool for IDOC processingWE20 Partner profilesWE21 Ports in IDoc processingWE23 Display Test Catalog Test IDoc InterfaceWE46 Settings: Error and Status Processing

Page 84: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

WEDI SAP Easy Access IDoc and EDI Basis

BUSINESSWAREHOUSEBUSINESS WAREHOUSE171T-Code DescriptionDB14 Display DBA Operation LogsDB16 Display DB Check ResultsDB20 Update DB StatisticsKEB2 CO-PA / SAP BW: Display Detailed Information about the Data-SourceLISTCUBE Call List Viewer for Data TargetsLISTSCHEMA Call up schema viewer for InfoCubesRSA1 Modeling - DW WorkbenchRSA11 DW Workbench: InfoProvider TreeRSA12 DW Workbench: InfoSource TreeRSA13 DW Workbench: Source System TreeRSA14 DW Workbench: InfoObject TreeRSA15 DW Workbench: DataSource TreeRSA16 RSA16 - Calling up AWB with FavoritesRSA17 RSA17 - Call up the AWB Find OptionRSA18 RSA18 - Calling up the AWB with the Open Hub (Info Spoke) TreeRSA2 OLTP Metadata RepositoryRSA3 Extractor CheckerRSA5 Install Business ContentRSA6 Maintain DataSourcesRSA7 BW Delta Queue MonitorRSA8 DataSource RepositoryRSA9 Transfer Application ComponentsRSBBS Maintaining BW Sender-ReceiverRSCUSTA Maintain BW SettingsRSCUSTA2 ODS SettingsRSCUSTV1 "Change View ""BW: Settings for Flat Files"": Details"RSCUSTV10 "Change View ""URL Creation by the Server"": Details"RSCUSTV11 "Change View ""Standard Web Templates"": Details"RSCUSTV12 "Change View ""Settings - Microsoft Analysis Services"": Details"RSCUSTV13 "Change View ""Drag&Relate Settings"": Details"

Page 85: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

RSCUSTV14 "Change View ""OLAP: Cache Parameters"": Details"BWSAP TRANSACTION CODES172T-Code DescriptionRSCUSTV15 "Change View ""Web Protocol for BW Reporting URLs Created byServer""RSCUSTV16 "Change View ""Authorization Settings"": Details"RSCUSTV17 "Change View ""Settings for Currency Translations"": Details"RSCUSTV18 "Change View ""DB Connect Settings"": Details"RSCUSTV19 "Change View ""Settings for InfoSets"": Details"RSCUSTV2 "Change View ""BW: Monitor Waiting Time"": Details"RSCUSTV3 "Change View ""BW: User in SS for ALE Communication"": Details"RSCUSTV4 "Change View ""BEx Values"": Details"RSCUSTV5 "Change View ""BW: Currency Conversion for External Systems"":Details"RSCUSTV6 "Change View ""BW: Threshold Value for Data Loading"": Details"RSCUSTV7 "Change View ""BW: Basic Settings"": Details "RSCUSTV8 "Change View ""BW: Parameter for Aggregates (Structure, ChangeRun)"": Details"RSCUSTV9 "Change View ""BW: Posting Mode for Master Data"": Details"RSD1 Characteristic maintenanceRSD2 Maintenance of key figuresRSD3 Maintenance of unitsRSD4 Maintenance of time characteristicsRSD5 Edit InfoObjects: StartRSDCUBE Start: InfoCube editingRSDCUBED Start: InfoCube editingRSDCUBEM Start: InfoCube editingRSDDV Maintaining Aggregates/BIA IndexRSDIOBC Start: InfoObject catalog editingRSDIOBCD Start: InfoObject catalog editingRSDIOBCM Start: InfoObject catalog editingRSDL DB Connect - Test ProgramRSDMD Master Data Maintenance w. Prev. Sel.RSDMD_TEST Master Data TestRSDMPRO Initial Screen: MultiProvider Proc.BUSINESS WAREHOUSE173T-Code DescriptionRSDMPROD Initial Screen: MultiProvider Proc.RSDMPROM Initial Screen: MultiProvider Proc.RSDMWB Datamining WorkbnchRSDODS Initial Screen: ODS Object ProcessngRSDS Data SourceRSECADMIN Management of Analysis AuthorizationsRSIMPCUR Load Exchange Rates from FileRSINPUT Manual Data EntryRSISET Maintain InfoSetsRSKC Maintaining the Permittd Extra CharsRSLGMP Maintain RSLOGSYSMAPRSMO Data Load Monitor StartRSMON Administration - DW WorkbenchRSOR BW Metadata Repository

Page 86: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

RSORBCT BI Business Content TransferRSORMDR BW Metadata RepositoryRSPC Process Chain MaintenanceRSPC1 Process Chain DisplayRSPCM Monitor daily process chainsRSRCACHE OLAP: Cache MonitorRSRT Start of the report monitorRSRT1 Start of the Report MonitorRSRT2 Start of the Report MonitorRSRTRACE Set trace configurationRSRTRACETEST Trace tool configurationRSRV Analysis and Repair of BW ObjectsSE18 Add-Ins: DefinitionsSE19 Business Add-Ins: ImplementationsSE21 Package BuilderSE24 Class BuilderBW

Part BSAP TRANSACTION CODES177T-Code Description Module1KE4 Profit Center Accounting: Assignment Monitor CO1KE8 Transfer Documents from Financial Accounting CO1KEK Profit Center Accounting: Transfer Payables/Receivables CO2KEU Copy Cost Center Groups CO2KEV Copy Cost Centers CO6KEA Display Change Documents CO7KE1 Change Plan Costs/Revenues: Characteristics CO7KE2 Display Plan Costs/Revenues: Characteristics CO8KEG Create Pricing Report CO9KE9 Display Document COAB02 Documents for Asset (Change) FIAB03 Documents for Asset (Display) FIAB08 Documents for Asset (Reverse) FIABAA Unplanned Depreciation FIABAON Enter Asset Transaction: Asset Sale without Customer FIABAVN Enter Asset Transaction: Asset Retirement by Scrapping FIABAW Balance Sheet Revaluation FIABGF Credit Memo in Year after Invoice FIABGL Credit Memo in Year of Invoice FIABMA Manual Depreciation FIABNAN Enter Asset Transaction: Post-Capitalization FIABNE Subsequent Revenue FIABNK Subsequent Costs FIABSO Miscellaneous Transactions FI

Page 87: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

ABST2 Reconcil. Program FI-AA <-> G/L: List of accountsshowing differencesFIABT1N Enter Asset Transaction: Intercompany Asset Transfer FIABUMN Enter Asset Transaction: Transfer within Company Code FIABZE Acquisition from in-house production FIABZON Enter Asset Transaction: Acquis. W/Autom. OffsettingEntryFIABZP Acquistion from affiliated company FISAP TRANSACTION CODES178T-Code Description ModuleABZU Write-up FIAC03 Create Service Master Record PMAC06 List Display: Service Master: Selection of Services PMAFAB Depreciation Posting Run FIAFAR Recalculate Depreciation FIAFBP Log of Posting Run FIAIAB Settlement AuC FIAIBU AuC Settlement FIAIST Reversal of Settlement of AuC FIAJAB Year-end closing Asset Accounting FIAJRW Asset fiscal year change FIAKE1 Create Condition Records FIAKE2 Change Condition Records FIAKE3 Display Condition Records FIAL08 List of All Users Logged On SYSAL11 Display SAP Directories SYSAL12 Display Table Buffer SYSAL13 Display Shared Memory SYSAL15 Customize SAPOSCOL destination SYSALO1 Determine ASH/DOREX Relationships SYSAR01 Asset Balances FIAR11 Investment Support FIAR31 Edit Worklist FIAS01 Create Asset FIAS02 Change Asset FIAS03 Display Asset FIAS04 Changes Asset FIAS05 Block Asset FIAS06 Delete Asset FIAS11 Create Subnumber FIAS21 Create Group Asset FISAP TRANSACTION CODES179T-Code Description ModuleAS22 Change Group Asset FIAS23 Display Group Asset FIAS25 Block Group Asset FIAUN0 Analysis of an asset and its environment: Data collect.and analysisFIAUVA Incomplete Assets - Detail List FIAW01N Asset Explorer FI

Page 88: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

B3MG Display Master Warranty PPBD21 Creating IDoc Type from Change Pointers SDBD22 Delete Change Pointers SDBD64 Display Distribution Model SYSBD78 Monitoring control data distributio HRBD82 Generate Partner Profile HRBD83 Process Outbound IDOCs with Errors Again SYSBD84 Reprocess IDOCs After Inbound ALE Error SYSBD87 Status Monitor for ALE Messages SYSBGM1 Create Master Warranty PPBGM2 Change Master Warranty PPBM00 SAP Easy Access Batch Management PPBMBC Batch Information Cockpit PPBPC1 Create Business Partner FIBPC2 Change Business Partner FIBPC3 Display Business Partner FIBPC4 Create business partner from customer FIBPC5 Change business partner with customer reference FIBPCD Change Documents (business partner) FIBUP1 Create Business Partner SDBUP2 Maintain Business Partner SDBUP3 Display Business Partner SDC000 Overhead Cost Controlling Information System COC201 Create Master Recipe PPC202 Change Master Recipe PPSAP TRANSACTION CODES180T-Code Description ModuleC203 Display Master Recipe PPC223 Production Version: Mass Processing PPC251 Master Recipe Print List PPC252 Print List for Production Versions with ConsistencyCheckPPC260 Task List Changes PPC261 Display Change Documents for a Recipe Group PPC298 Deletion of Task Lists without Archiving PPCA00 SAP Easy Access Routings PPCA01 Create Routing PPCA02 Change Routing PPCA03 Display Routing PPCA10 Stdandard Text PPCA11 Create Reference Operation Set PPCA12 Change Reference Operation Set PPCA13 Display Reference Operation Set PPCA21 Create Rate Routing PPCA22 Change Rate Routing PPCA23 Display Rate Routing PPCA31 Create Reference Rate Routing PPCA32 Change Reference Rate Routing PPCA33 Display Reference Rate Routing PPCA60 Task List Changes PPCA62 Display Change Documents for Reference OperationSet GroupPP

Page 89: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

CA63 Display Change Documents for a Routing PPCA64 Display Change Documents for a Reference RateRouting GroupPPCA70 Use of PRT in Task Lists: Selection PPCA75 Replace PRT in Task Lists: Selection PPCA75N Mass Change of Production Res./Tools: Selection PPCA80 Work Center Where-Used: Selection PPSAP TRANSACTION CODES181T-Code Description ModuleCA81 Resource Where-Used: Selection PPCA82 Work Center Where-Used: Selection PMCA83 Work Center Where-Used: Selection (Standardnetwork)PMCA85 Replace Work Center: Selection PPCA85N Mass Change Work Center PPCA87 Replace Work Center: Selection PPCA90 Use of Reference Operation Set in Task Lists: Selection PPCA95 Replace Reference Operation Set: Selection PPCA95N Mass Change Ref. Operation Set Reference: Selection PPCA96 Update Material Master PPCA97 Update Material Master: Initial Screen (for MassProcessing)PPCA98 Deletion of Task Lists without Archiving PPCA99 Archive Administration PPCAC0 SAP Easy Access Master Recipe - Access ViaProduction VersionPPCADO Display Time Sheet Data HRCAOR Display Time Sheet Data HRCAPS Time Sheet: Approve Times (Selection by Master Data) HRCAT2 Time Sheet (Change) HRCAT3 Time Sheet (Display) HRCAT4 Time Sheet: Approve Times (Selection by Org.Assignment)HRCAT6 Transfer Time Data to HR Time Management HRCATC Time Sheet: Time Leveling HRCATS SAP Easy Access Time Sheet HRCATS_DA Display Working Times HRCBHR11 Create Person: Role External Person HRCBHR12 Change Person: Finance. New Role External Person HRCBHR13 Display External Person HRCBHR21 Create Organization: Role Authority HRSAP TRANSACTION CODES182T-Code Description ModuleCBHR22 Change Authority HRCBHR23 Display Authority HRCC00 SAP Easy Access Engineering Change Management PPCC01 Create Change Master PPCC02 Change Change Master PP

Page 90: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

CC03 Display Change Master PPCC04 Product Structure Browser PPCC05 Change Overview Initial Screen PPCC07 Change Number Selection PPCJ01 Create Project (Work Breakdown Structure) PSCJ02 Change Project (Work Breakdown Structure) PSCJ03 Display Project (Work Breakdown Structure) PSCJ06 Create Project Definition PSCJ07 Change Project Definition PSCJ08 Display Project Definition PSCJ11 Create WBS Element PSCJ12 Change WBS Element PSCJ13 Display WBS Element PSCJ20 Structure Planning: Change PSCJ20N Project Builder PSCJ21 Change Time Scheduling: Basic Dates PSCJ22 Display Time Scheduling: Basic Dates PSCJ23 Change Time Scheduling: Forecast Dates PSCJ24 Display Time Scheduling: Forecast Dates PSCJ25 Change Time Scheduling: Actual Dates PSCJ26 Display Time Scheduling: Actual Dates PSCJ27 Create Project (Project Planning Board) PSCJ29 Project Scheduling PSCJ2A Structure Planning: Display PSCJ2B Change Project Planning Board PSCJ2C Display Project Planning Board PSSAP TRANSACTION CODES183T-Code Description ModuleCJ2D Create Project (Structure Planning) PSCJ30 Change Original Budget PSCJ31 Display Original Budget PSCJ32 Change Release PSCJ33 Display Release PSCJ34 Transfer Budget PSCJ35 Post Return PSCJ36 Post Supplement PSCJ37 Change Supplement PSCJ38 Change Return PSCJ3A Change Document PSCJ3B Display Document PSCJ40 Change Cost Planning PSCJ41 Display Project Plan PSCJ42 Change Revenue Planning PSCJ43 Display Revenue Planning PSCJ44 Actual Overhead Calculation: Project/WBS Element/NetworkPSCJ45 Actual Overhead Calculation: Projects/WBS Elements/NetworksPSCJ46 Plan Overhead Calculation: Project/WBS Element PSCJ47 Plan Overhead Calculation: Projects/WBS Elements PSCJ48 Payment Planning Change PSCJ49 Payment Planning Display PS

Page 91: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

CJ70 Display Project Settlement Line Items PSCJ74 Display Project Actual Cost Line Items PSCJ76 Display Project Commitment Line Items PSCJ7E Transfer of Planning Data: Projects/WBS elements PSCJ7G Transfer of Planning Data: Projects/WBS elements PSCJ7M Display Project Planned Cost Line Items PSCJ88 Actual Settlement: Project/WBS Element/Network PSCJ8G Actual Settlement: Projects/WBS Elements/Networks PSSAP TRANSACTION CODES184T-Code Description ModuleCJ91 Create Standard WBS PSCJ92 Change Standard WBS PSCJ93 Display Standard WBS PSCJ9B Copy WBS Plan to Plan (Collective) PSCJ9BS Copy WBS Plan to Plan (Individual) PSCJ9C Copy WBS Actual to Plan (Collective) PSCJ9CS Copy WBS Actual to Plan (Individual) PSCJ9D Orders/Networks for Project: Copy Plan Version PSCJ9E Planned Settlement: Projects/WBS elements PSCJ9F Copy Project Costing (Collective) PSCJ9FS Copy Project Costing (Individual) PSCJ9G Planed Settlement: Projects/WBS elements PSCJ9K Asynchronous Network Costing: Planned Costs andPaymentsPSCJ9L Cost Forecast (Individual Processing) PSCJ9M Cost Forecast (Collective Processing) PSCJ9Q Integrated Planning for Networks (Collective Processing) PSCJ9QS Integrated Planning for Networks (Individual Processing) PSCJA1 Project-Related Incoming Orders (Collective Processing) PSCJA2 Project-Related Incoming Orders (Individual Processing) PSCJB1 Generate Settlement Rules: WBS Elements (CollectiveProcessing)PSCJB2 Generate Settlement Rules: WBS Elements (IndividualProcessing)PSCJBV Project Availability Control Background Job Activation PSCJBW Deactivate Availabilty Control for Projects PSCJCF Fiscal year close: Carry forward commitment PSCJCO Carrying Forward Project Budget PSCJCS Display change documents: Reference WBS PSCJE1 Create Hierarchy Report PSCJE2 Change Hierarchy Report PSCJE3 Display Hierarchy Report PSSAP TRANSACTION CODES185T-Code Description ModuleCJEA Selection: Plan/Actual/Commitment/Rem. Plan/AssignedPSCJF1 Create Transfer Price Agreement PSCJI1 Display Project Budget Line Items PSCJI2 Budget Updates: Document Chain PS

Page 92: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

CJI3 Display Project Actual Cost Line Items PSCJI4 Display Project Planned Cost Line Items PSCJI5 Display Project Commitment Line Items PSCJI8 Display Project Budget Line Items PSCJI9 Display Project Hierarchy Cost Planning Line Items PSCJIA Display Project Actual Payment Line Items PSCJIB Display Project Planned Payment Line Items PSCJIC Display Project Settlement Line Items PSCJID Display Project Settlement Line Items PSCJK2 Change Statistical Key Figure Planning PSCJK3 Display Statistical Key Figure Planning PSCJP1 Create Plan Revaluation PSCJP2 Change Plan Revaluation PSCJP3 Display Plan Revaluation PSCJP4 Delete Plan Revaluation PSCJPU Plan Revaluation PSCJR2 Change Cost and Activity Inputs PSCJR3 Display Cost and Activity Inputs PSCJS2 Change Planning Statistical Key Figures PSCJS3 Display Planning Statistical Key Figures PSCJS4 Change Planning Statistical Key Figures PSCJS5 Display Planning Statistical Key Figures PSCJSN Number Range for Project Definition PSCJT2 Display Project Actual Payment Line Items PSCJV1 Project Planning Board: Create Simulation PSCJV2 Project Planning Board: Change Simulation PSCJV3 Project Planning Board: Display Simulation PSSAP TRANSACTION CODES186T-Code Description ModuleCJV4 Transfer Project PSCJV5 Delete Simulation Version PSCK11N Create Material Cost Estimate with Quantity Structure PPCK13N Display Material Cost Estimate with Quantity Structure PPCK24 Price Update: Mark Standard Price PPCK31 Print log of costing run PPCK33 Comparison of Itemizations PPCK40N Edit Costing Run PPCK41 Create Costing Run (Material) PPCK42 Change Costing Run (Material) PPCK43 Display Costing Run (Material) PPCK44 Delete Costing Run PPCK80 Cost Component Report for Product Cost Estimate PPCK81 Application Tree Report Selection Product Cost Planning PPCK82 List of Existing Material Cost Estimates PPCK83 Call RKKBPCD0 in Background PPCK84 Line items in cost est for product PPCK85 Line Item Report Costing Items PPCK86 Costed Multilevel BOM, Material Cost Estimate PPCK87 Costed Multilevel BOM, Sales Order Cost Estimate PPCK88 Partner Cost Component Split PPCK89 Cost Component Report for Sales Document CostEstimatePPCK90 SAP Easy Access: Mixed Costing PP

Page 93: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

CK91 Create Procurement Alternative PPCK91N Display Procurement Alternatives PPCK92 Change Procurement Alternatives PPCK93 Display Procurement Alternatives PPCK94 Change Mixing Ratios PPCK95 Display Mixing Ratios PPCKC1 Check Costing Variant PPCKCM Easy Cost Planning: Model PPSAP TRANSACTION CODES187T-Code Description ModuleCKECP Ad Hoc Cost Estimate PPCKM3 Material Price Analysis PPCKMB Display Material Ledger Document PPCKME Release Planned Price Changes PPCKMF Allow Price Determination PPCKMG Allow Closing Entries PPCKMH Single-Level Material Price Determination PPCKMLCP Costing Cockpit: Actual Costing - Change/Execute COCKMPCD Price Change Document COCKR1 Reorganization of Cost Estimates PPCKUC Multilevel Unit Costing PPCKW1 Create Cost Estimate for Production Lot PPCKW3 Display Cost Estimate for Production Lot PPCKW4 Activate Cost Estimate for Production Lot PPCL01 Create Class PMCL02 Class (Change) PMCL03 Display Class PMCL04 Delete Class PMCL20N Assign Object to Classes PMCL22N Assign Class to Superior Classes PMCL24N Assign Objects/Classes to Class PMCL26 Mass Release for a Class Type/Class PMCL2A Classification Status for Change Number PMCL30N Find Objects in Classes PMCL31 Find Objects in Class Type PMCL6AN Class List PMCL6B Object List PMCL6BN Object List PMCL6C Class Hierarchy PMCL6D List of Classes Without Superior Class PMCL6O Object Comparison PMSAP TRANSACTION CODES188T-Code Description ModuleCLMM Mass Change for Assigned Values PMCM00 SAP Easy Access Capacity Planning PPCM01 Capacity Planning: Selection (Work Center - Load) PPCM02 Capacity Planning: Selection (Orders) PPCM03 Capacity Planning: Selection (Work Center - Pool) PPCM04 Capacity Planning: Selection (Work Center - Backlog) PPCM05 Capacity Planning: Selection (Work Center - Overload) PPCM07 Capacity Planning (Variable) PPCM22 Capacity leveling: SFC planning table PPCM23 Capacity leveling: SFC orders tab PP

Page 94: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

CM24 Capacity Leveling (Individual Capacity - Tabular) PPCM25 Capacity Leveling (Variable) PPCM26 Capacity leveling: Proj. View Tabular PPCM27 Capacity level.: SFC indiv. cap. graph PPCM28 Capac. level.: SFC indiv. cap. Tab PPCM30 Capacity Leveling (Indvidual Capacity - Graphical) PPCM31 Cap. leveling: SFC orders graphical PPCM32 Cap. leveling: PS graph PPCM33 Capacity Leveling (Work Center - Graphical) PPCM34 Capacity Leveling (Work Center - Tabular) PPCM35 Capacity Leveling (Resource View - Table) PPCM36 Capacity Leveling (Process Order View) PPCM38 Capacity Planning (Capacity Leveling Long-Term Planning) PPCM50 Capacity level: SFC work cntr list PPCM51 Cap. level: SFC individual cap. list PPCM52 Cap. leveling: SFC orders list PPCM53 Capacity leveling: PS elem/version PPCM54 Capacity leveling: PS list via vers. PPCM55 Cap. leveling: PS list WCntr/version PPCM56 Capacity evaluation (Resource View) PPCM57 Capacity evaluation (Order View) PPSAP TRANSACTION CODES189T-Code Description ModuleCMOD Project Management of SAP Enhancements SYSCMP2 Workforce Planning - Selection Project View PPCMP3 Workforce Planning: Selection for Work Center View PPCMP9 Workforce Planning - Reporting PPCN01 Standard Network Create PSCN02 Standard Network Change PSCN03 Standard Network Display PSCN04 PS Text Catalog: Change PSCN05 PS Text Catalog: Display PSCN08 Allocate Material to Standard Network Change: Overview PSCN09 Allocate Material to Standard Network Display: Overview PSCN11 Create Standard Milestone PSCN12 Change Standard Milestone PSCN13 Display Standard Milestone PSCN21 Create: Network PSCN22 Change: Network PSCN23 Display: Network PSCN24N Overall Network Scheduling PSCN25 Enter Network Confirmation PSCN27 Network Confirmation: Collective Confirmation PSCN28 Display Network Confirmation PSCN29 Cancel Network Confirmation PSCN2X Process Network Confirmation PSCN40 Project Info System PSCN41 Structure Overview PSCN42N Overview: Project Definitions PSCN43N Overview: WBS Elements PSCN44N Overview: Planned Orders PSCN45N Overview: Orders PSCN46N Overview: Networks PSCN47N Overview: Activities/Elements PS

Page 95: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

SAP TRANSACTION CODES190T-Code Description ModuleCN48N Overview Confirmations PSCN49N Overview: Relationships PSCN50N Overview: Capacity Requirements PSCN51N Overview: PRTs PSCN52N Overview: Components PSCN53N Overview: Milestones PSCN54N Overview: Sales Document PSCN55N Overview: Sales and Dist. Doc. Items PSCN60 Change Documents for Projects/Netw. PSCN61 Display Change Documents: Library Network PSCN65 Display Change Document: Network PSCN71 Project Info System: Save Project Version Initial Screen PSCN72 Create Project Version PSCN85 Operative Project Structures / Delete without Archiving PSCN98 Delete Standard Networks Without Archiving PSCNB1 List Display of Purchase Requisitions for Project PSCNB2 Purchasing Documents per Project PSCNC4 Master Data Reconciliation Report: Consistency WithinProject Struct.PSCNC5 Master Reconciliation Report: Consistency Sales Order/ProjectPSCNE1 Project Progress (Individual Processing) PSCNE2 Project Progress (Collective Processing) PSCNE5 Project Info System: Progress Analysis Initial Screen PSCNL1 Create Delivery Info PSCNL2 Change Delivery Info PSCNL3 Display Delivery Info PSCNMASS Mass Changes in the Project System PSCNMM Project-Oriented Procurement PSCNPRG Progress Report: Network Activities PSCNR1 Create Work Center PSCNR2 Change Work Center PSSAP TRANSACTION CODES191T-Code Description ModuleCNR3 Display Work Center PSCNS0 Delivery from Project: Selection Initial Screen PSCNS40 Project Info System PSCNS41 Project Info System: Structure Initial Screen PSCNS42 Project Info System: Project Definitions Initial Screen PSCNS43 Project Info System: WBS Elements Initial Screen PSCNS44 Project Info System: Planned Orders Initial Screen PSCNS45 Project Info System: Orders Initial Screen PSCNS46 Project Info System: Networks Initial Screen PSCNS47 Project Info System: Activities Initial Screen PSCNS48 Project Info System: Confirmations Initial Screen PSCNS49 Project Info System: Relationships Initial Screen PSCNS50 Project Info System: Capacity Requirements InitialScreenPS

Page 96: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

CNS51 Project Info System: Prod. Resources/Tools InitialScreenPSCNS52 Project Info System: Components Initial Screen PSCNS53 Project Info System: Milestones Initial Screen PSCNS54 Project Info System: SD Documents Initial Screen PSCNS55 Project Info System: Sales Document Items InitialScreenPSCNS60 Project Info System: Change Documents PSCNS71 Project Info System: Save Project Version Initial Screen PSCNSE5 Project Info System: Progress Analysis Initial Screen PSCO00 SAP Easy Access Shop Floor Control PPCO01 Production Order Create PPCO01S Simulation Order Create PPCO02 Production Order Change PPCO02S Simulation Order Change PPCO03 Production Order Display PPCO03S Simulation Order Display PPCO04 Print Shop Papers PPSAP TRANSACTION CODES192T-Code Description ModuleCO04N Print Production Orders PPCO05N Release Production Orders PPCO06 Backorder Processing PPCO07 Production Order Create (Without Material) PPCO08 Production Order Create (For Sales Order) PPCO09 Availability Overview PPCO10 Production Order Create PPCO11 Enter Production Order Confirmation PPCO11N Enter time ticket for production order PPCO12 Collective Entry: Time Ticket PPCO13 Cancel Production Order Confirmation PPCO14 Display Production Order Confirmation PPCO15 Enter Production Order Confirmation PPCO16N Postprocessing Incorrect Confirmations PPCO27 Picking List PPCO40 Production Order Create (Planned Order) PPCO41 Collective Conversion of Planned Orders PPCO43 Actual Overhead Calculation: Production/ProcessOrdersPPCO44 Mass Processing for Orders PPCO46 Order Progress Report: Selection Screen PPCO48 Production Order Create PPCO78 Archiving of Production Orders PPCO88 Actual Settlement: Production/Process Orders PPCOB1 Create Batch Search Strategy PPCOB2 Change Batch Search Strategy PPCOB3 Display Batch Search Strategy PPCOFC Reprocessing of confirmations with errors in calc. ofactual costsPPCOGI Automatic Goods Movements: Error Handling SD

Page 97: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

COHV Mass Processing Production Orders PPCOID Selection of Indiv. Object Lists PPSAP TRANSACTION CODES193T-Code Description ModuleCOIO Order Info System for PP-PI PPCOMAC Collective Availability Check PPCOOIS Production Order Information System PPCOPD Print Process Order PPCOPI Print Process Order Shop Floor Papers PPCOR1 Create Process Order PPCOR2 Change Process Order PPCOR3 Display Process Order PPCOR5 Release Process Order PPCOR6 Create Process Order Confirmation PPCOR6N Enter time ticket for process order PPCOR7 Create Process Order (Convert Planned Order) PPCOR8 Collective Conversion of Planned Orders PPCORA Process Order: Scheduling External Relationships PPCORK Enter Process Order Confirmation PPCORO Create Process Order w/o Material PPCORR Collective Entry of Confirmations PPCORS Cancel Process Order Confirmation PPCORT Display Process Order Confirmation PPCORZ Enter Confirmation of Process Order: Create TimeEventPPCR01 Create Work Center PPCR02 Change Work Center PPCR03 Display Work Center PPCR05 Work Center List PPCR06 Assignment of Work Centers to Cost Centers PPCR07 Work Center Capacities PPCR08 Work Center Hierarchy PPCR09 Standard Text PPCR10 Work Center Change Documents PPCR11 Create Capacity PPCR12 Change Capacity PPSAP TRANSACTION CODES194T-Code Description ModuleCR13 Display Capacity PPCR15 Capacity: Where-used PPCR21 Create Hierarchy PPCR22 Change Hierarchy PPCR23 Display Hierarchy PPCR60 Work center information system PPCRA1 Archive Administration: Create Archive Files PPCRA2 Archive Administration: Execute Delete Program PPCRAA Display Work Center PPCRAH Create Work Center PPCRAV Change Work Center PPCRF1 Payment Cards: Read, Display, Check, Save IncomingFileFI

Page 98: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

CRF2 Payment Cards: Delete Saved File FICRF3 Payment Cards: Display File, Create Postings, Edit Log FICRK1 Card Document Create FICRK2 Card Document Change FICRK3 Card Document Display FICRQ1 Create work center (QM) QMCRQ2 Change work center (QM) QMCRQ3 Display work center (QM) QMCRS1 Payment Card Master Record Create FICRS2 Payment Card Master Record Change FICRS3 Payment Card Master Record Display FICS00 SAP Easy Access Bills of Material PPCS01 Create Material BOM PPCS02 Change Material BOM PPCS03 Display Material BOM PPCS05 Change BOM Group PPCS06 Display BOM Group PPCS07 Create Plant Assignment PPCS08 Change Plant Assignment PPSAP TRANSACTION CODES195T-Code Description ModuleCS09 Display Plant Assignment PPCS11 Explode BOM: Level by Level PPCS12 Explode BOM: Multi-Level BOM PPCS13 Explode BOM: Summarized BOM PPCS14 BOM Comparison: Initial Screen (One-Level) PPCS15 Where-Used List: Material: Initial Screen PPCS20 Mass Changes: Material Selection (Bills of Material) PPCS21 Mass Changes: Material Selection PPCS22 Mass Changes: Document Selection PPCS23 Mass Changes: Class Selection PPCS25 Archive Administration: Create Archive Files PPCS26 Archive Administration: Execute Delete Program PPCS27 Archive Administration: Run Read Program PPCS28 Archive Administration: Initial Screen PPCS31 Create class BOM PPCS32 Change class BOM PPCS33 Display class BOM PPCS40 Create Link to Configurable Material PPCS41 Change Link to Configurable Material PPCS42 Display Link to Configurable Material PPCS51 Create standard BOM PPCS52 Change standard BOM PPCS53 Display standard BOM PPCS61 Create order BOM PPCS62 Change order BOM PPCS63 Display order BOM PPCS71 Create WBS BOM PPCS72 Change WBS BOM PPCS73 Display WBS BOM PPCS74 Create WBS BOM (Structure) PPCS75 Change WBS BOM (Structure) PPSAP TRANSACTION CODES196

Page 99: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

T-Code Description ModuleCS76 Display WBS BOM (Structure) PPCS80 Display Change Documents: Material BOM PPCS81 Display Change Documents: Standard BOM PPCS82 Display Change Documents: Order BOM PPCS83 Display Change Documents: WBS BOM PPCS84 Change documents for class BOM PPCS90 Number ranges for material bills of material PPCS91 Standard object list number range PPCS92 Number ranges for sales order BOMs PPCSK1 Explode BOM: Level by Level PPCSK2 Explode BOM: Multi-Level BOM PPCSK3 Explode BOM: Summarized BOM PPCSMB Material BOM Browser PPCSPB WBS BOM PPCT12 Where-Used List for Characteristics/CharacteristicValuesQMCV01N Create Document QMCV02N Change Document QMCV03N Display document QMCV04N Find Document: Selection Criteria QMCV15 Change Document BOM group PPCV16 Display Document BOM group PPCXL1 Create Ledger FICXL2 Change Ledger: Overview FICXL3 Display Ledger: Overview FICXL4 Delete Ledger FIDB01 DBA Cockpit: System Configuration Maintenance SYSDB02 Tables and Indexes Monitor SYSDB03 Parameter history, active parameters and db options SYSDB11 Select Database Connection SYSDB12 DBA Backup Logs SYSDB13 DBA Planning Calendar SYSSAP TRANSACTION CODES197T-Code Description ModuleDB14 Display DBA Operation Logs BWDB15 Tables and Archiving Objects SYSDB16 Display DB Check Results BWDB2 Select Database Activities SYSDB20 Update DB Statistics BWDB26 Parameter history, active parameters and db options SYSDB2J DB2 z/OS: JCL Settings SYSDBCO "Display View "" Description of Database Connections"":Overview"SYSDGP1 Create Dangerous Goods Master SDDGP2 Change Dangerous Goods Master SDDGP3 Display Dangerous Goods Master SDDGR1 Dangerous Goods Master: Display with Descriptions SDDP90 Resource-Related Billing Request SDEC09 Org.Object Copier: Warehouse Number WMEWZ5 EMU Conversion: Lock and Unlock Users SYSEWZ6 EMU Conversion: Lock and Unlock Users SYS

Page 100: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

F.03 Financial Accounting Comparative Analysis FIF.05 Foreign Currency Valuation FIF.07 Carry Forward Receivables/Payables FIF.08 G/L: Account Balances FIF.09 G/L: Account List FIF.10 Chart of Accounts FIF.13 Automatic Clearing FIF.14 Create Posting Documents from Recurring Documents FIF.15 Recurring Entry Documents FIF.19 Analyze GR/IR Clearing Accountsand DisplayAcquisition TaxFIF.1A Grouping Customer/Vendor Master Records FIF.20 Customer List FIF.21 List of Customer Line Items FIF.22 Customer Evaluation with OI Sorted List FISAP TRANSACTION CODES198T-Code Description ModuleF.23 Customer Balances in Local Currency FIF.24 Calculate Interest on Arrears FIF.25 Bill of Exchange List FIF.26 Customer Interest Scale FIF.27 Periodic Account Statements FIF.28 SD, FI: Recreation of Credit Data after OrganizationalChangesFIF.31 Credit Overview FIF.32 Customers with Missing Credit Data FIF.35 Credit Master Sheet FIF.38 Deferred Tax Transfer FIF.40 Vendor List FIF.41 List of Vndor Line Items FIF.42 Vendor Balances in Local Currency FIF.44 Vendor Interest Scale FIF.45 Define Background Job FIF.50 Profit and Loss Adjustment FIF.51 General Ledger Line Items FIF.52 G/L Account Interest Scale FIF.53 Account Assignment Manual FIF.56 Delete Reference Documents FIF.57 Delete Reference Documents FIF.58 Open Item Account Balance Audit Trail from theDocument FileFIF.5D Calculate Balance Sheet Adjustment FIF.5E Post Balance Sheet Adjustment FIF.64 Maintain Correspondence Requests FIF.80 Mass Reversal of Documents FIF.81 Reverse Accrual/Deferral Documents FIF.97 Application Tree Report Selection General Ledger FIF.98 Application Tree Report Selection Vendors FIF.99 Application Tree Report Selection Customers FISAP TRANSACTION CODES199

Page 101: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

T-Code Description ModuleF/LA Create Pricing Report FIF/LB Change Pricing Report FIF/LC Display Pricing report FIF000 Financial Accounting Information System FIF-01 Enter Sample Document Header Data FIF-02 Enter G/L Account Posting: Header Data FIF-03 Clear G/L Account: Header Data FIF-04 Post with Clearing: Header Data FIF-05 Post Foreign Currency Valuation: Header Data FIF-06 Post Incoming Payments: Header Data FIF-07 Post Outgoing Payments: Header Data FIF110 Parameters for automatic payment FIF110S Report for the Automatic Scheduling of the PaymentProgramFIF111 Automatic Payment Transactions for Payment RequestsFIF150 Dunning FIF-19 Reverse Statistical Posting: Header Data FIF-20 Reverse Bill Liability: Header Data FIF-21 Enter Transfer Posting: Header Data FIF-22 Enter Customer Invoice: Header Data FIF-23 Return Bill of Exchange Pmt Request: Header Data FIF-26 Incoming Payments Fast Entry: Header Data FIF-27 Enter Customer Credit Memo: Header Data FIF-28 Post Incoming Payments: Header Data FIF-29 Post Customer Down Payment: Header Data FIF-30 Post with Clearing: Header Data FIF-31 Post Outgoing Payments: Header Data FIF-32 Clear Customer: Header Data FIF-33 Post Bill of Exchange Usage: Header Data FIF-34 Post Collection: Header Data FIF-35 Post Forfaiting: Header Data FISAP TRANSACTION CODES200T-Code Description ModuleF-36 Bill of Exchange Payment: Header Data FIF-37 Customer Down Payment Request: Header Data FIF-38 Enter Statistical Posting: Header Data FIF-39 Clear Customer Down Payment: Header Data FIF-40 Bill of Exchange Payment: Header Data FIF-41 Enter Vendor Credit Memo: Header Data FIF-42 Enter Transfer Posting: Header Data FIF-43 Enter Vendor Invoice: Header Data FIF-44 Clear Vendor: Header Data FIF-47 Down Payment Request: Header Data FIF-48 Post Vendor Down Payment: Header Data FIF-49 Customer noted item FIF-51 Post with Clearing: Header Data FIF-52 Post Incoming Payments: Header Data FIF-53 Post Outgoing Payments: Header Data FIF-54 Clear Vendor Down Payment: Header Data FIF-55 Enter Statistical Posting: Header Data FIF-56 Reverse Statistical Posting: Header Data FI

Page 102: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

F-57 Vendor Noted Item: Header Data FIF-62 "Change View ""Currency Exchange Rates"": Overview"FIF-63 Park Document: Document Header FIF-64 Park Document: Document Header FIF-65 Park Document: Document Header FIF-66 Park Document: Document Header FIF-67 Park Document: Document Header FIF801 Create Payment Request FIF802 Change payment request FIF803 Display payment request FIF804 Changes to payment requests FIF8BT Display Payment Requests FIF8BU Create Payment Runs for Payment Requests FISAP TRANSACTION CODES201T-Code Description ModuleF8BV Reversal of bank-to-bank transfers FIF8BW Reverse Clearing of PaymenesRequests FIF8Q8 Create Posting Documents from Standing Requests FIF-90 Acquisition from purchase w. vendor FIF-91 Asset Acquis. Posted w/Clearing Acct: Header Data FIF-92 Asset Retire. frm Sale w/ Customer: Header Data FIFB00 Accounting Editing Options FIFB01 Post Document: Header Data FIFB01L General Posting for Ledger Group: Header Data FIFB02 Change Document FIFB03 Display Document FIFB04 Document Changes FIFB05 Post with Clearing: Header Data FIFB08 Reverse Document: Header Data FIFB09 Change Line Items FIFB09D Display Line Items FIFB10 Invoice/Credit Fast Entry: Header Data FIFB11 Post Held Document: Header Data FIFB12 Request Correspondence FIFB13 Release Line Item FIFB1D Clear Customer: Header Data FIFB1K Clear Vendor: Header Data FIFB1S Clear G/L Account: Header Data FIFB21 Enter Statistical Posting: Header Data FIFB22 Reverse Statistical Posting: Header Data FIFB31 Enter Noted Item: Header Data FIFB50 Enter G/L Account Document: Company Code XXX FIFB50L Enter G/L Acct Document for Ledger Group FIFB60 Enter Vendor Invoice: Company Code XXX FIFB65 Enter Vendor Credit Memo: Company Code XXX FIFB70 Enter Customer Invoice: Company Code XXX FISAP TRANSACTION CODES202T-Code Description ModuleFB75 Enter Customer Credit Memo: Company Code XXX FIFBA1 Customer Down Payment Request: Header Data FIFBA2 Post Customer Down Payment: Header Data FI

Page 103: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

FBA3 Clear Customer Down Payment: Header Data FIFBA6 Vendor Down Payment Request: Header Data FIFBA7 Post Vendor Down Payment: Header Data FIFBA8 Clear Vendor Down Payment: Header Data FIFBB1 Post Foreign Currency Valn: Header Data FIFBCJ Cash Journal XXX Company Code XXX FIFBD1 Enter Recurring Entry: Header Data FIFBD2 Change Recurring Document FIFBD3 Display Recurring Document FIFBD4 Recurring Document Changes FIFBD5 Realize Recurring Entry: Header Data FIFBD9 Enter Recurring Entry: Header Data FIFBE1 Create Payment Advice FIFBE2 Change Payment Advice FIFBE3 Display Payment Advice FIFBE6 Delete Payment Advice FIFBKP Maintain Accounting Configuration FIFBL1N Vendor Line Item Display FIFBL2N Vendor Line Item Display FIFBL3N G/L Account Line Item Display FIFBL4N G/L Account Line Item Display FIFBL5N Customer Line Item Display FIFBL6N Customer Line Item Display FIFBM1 Enter Sample Document FIFBM2 Change Sample Document FIFBM3 Display Sample Document FIFBM4 Sample Document Changes FIFBMA Display Dunning Procedure: List FISAP TRANSACTION CODES203T-Code Description ModuleFBME SAP Easy Access Banks FIFBMP Maintain Dunning Procedure: List FIFBN1 Number Ranges for Accounting Documents FIFBN2 Internal number ranges for payment orders FIFBP1 Enter Payment Request FIFBR1 Post with Reference Document: Header Data FIFBR2 Post Document: Header Data FIFBRA Reset Cleared Items FIFBRC Reverse clearing with payment card data FIFBS1 Enter Accrual/Deferral Doc.: Header Data FIFBU2 Change Transaction FIFBU3 Display Transaction FIFBU8 Reverse Cross-Company Code Transaction: HeaderDataFIFBV0 Post Parked Document FIFBV1 Park Document: Document Header FIFBV2 Change Parked Document FIFBV3 Display Parked Document FIFBV4 Change Parked Document (Header) FIFBV5 Document changes of parked document FIFBV6 Reject Parked Document FIFBVB Post parked document FIFBW1 Enter Bill of Exchange Pmnt Request: Header Data FI

Page 104: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

FBW2 Post Bill of Exch. acc. to Pmt Request: Header Data FIFBW4 Reverse Bill Liability: Header Data FIFBW5 Customer Check/Bill of Exchange: Header Data FIFBW6 Vendor Check/Bill of Exchange FIFBZ0 Payment Proposal FIFBZ1 Post Incoming Payments: Header Data FIFBZ2 Post outgoing payments FIFBZ3 Incoming Payments Fast Entry: Header Data FIFBZ4 Payment with Printout: Header Data FISAP TRANSACTION CODES204T-Code Description ModuleFBZ5 Print Form for Payment Document FIFBZ8 Display Payment Run FIFBZG Editing of Failed Payment Transactions FIFCH1 Display Check Information FIFCH2 Payment Document Checks FIFCH3 Void Checks Not Used FIFCH4 Renumber Checks FIFCH5 Create Check Information FIFCH6 Change Check Information/Cash Check FIFCH7 Reprint Check FIFCH8 Cancel Check Payment FIFCH9 Void Issued Checks FIFCHD Delete Check Information on Payment Run FIFCHE Delete Check Information on Voided Checks FIFCHF Delete Information on Checks Created Manually FIFCHG Reset Check Information Data FIFCHI Check Lots FIFCHK SAP Easy Access Check Management FIFCHN Check Register FIFCHR Online Cashed Checks FIFCHX Check Extract Creation FIFCMN SAP Easy Access Consolidation FIFD01 Customer Create FIFD02 Customer Change FIFD03 Customer Display FIFD04 Customer Account Changes FIFD05 Customer Block/Unblock FIFD06 Customer Flag for Deletion FIFD08 Customer Confirm Change FIFD09 Display/Confirm Critical Customer Changes FIFD10N Customer Balance Display FISAP TRANSACTION CODES205T-Code Description ModuleFD10NA Customer Balance Display FIFD11 Customer: Initial Screen Account Analysis FIFD15 Transfer Customer Master Data from Source CompanyCodeFIFD16 Transfer customer changes: Receive FIFD24 Credit Management Changes FIFD32 Customer Credit Management Change FIFD33 Customer Credit Management Display FI

Page 105: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

FDIC Currency Translation Type FIFDTA Data Medium Administration PYFEBA Edit Bank Statement FIFEBP Post electronic bank statement FIFF.5 Select Program: Import Electronic Bank Statement FIFF.6 Select Program: Display Electronic Bank Statement FIFF_3 Cashed Checks per Bank Account FIFF_4 Outstanding Checks Analysis per G/L Account andVendorFIFF_5 Bank Statements: Various Formats FIFF_6 Display electronic bank statement FIFF63 Create Memo Record FIFF67 Process Manual Bank Statement FIFF68 Edit Check Deposit List FIFF6B Memo Records: List FIFF71 Cash Management and Forecast FIFF72 Cash Management and Forecast FIFF73 Automatic Cash Concentration FIFF74 Access Automatic Cash Concentration Using a ProgramFIFF7A Cash Management and Forecast FIFF7B Cash Management and Forecast FIFG99 Flexible G/L: Report selection FIFGI0 Execute Drill-Down Report FISAP TRANSACTION CODES206T-Code Description ModuleFGI1 Create Drill-Down Report FIFGI2 Change Report: Settings FIFGI3 Display Report: Settings FIFGI4 Report Painter: Create Form FIFGI5 Report Painter: Change Form FIFGI6 Report Painter: Display Form FIFI01 Create Bank FIFI02 Change Bank FIFI03 Display Bank FIFI04 Bank Data Changes FIFI06 Set bank Deletion Flag FIFIAA SAP Easy Access Asset Accounting Information System FIFILE Cross-Client File Names/Paths SYSFK01 Create Vendor FIFK02 Change Vendor FIFK03 Display Vendor FIFK04 Vendor Account Changes FIFK05 Block/Unblock Vendor FIFK06 Flag for Deletion Vendor FIFK08 Confirm Change Vendor FIFK09 Display/Confirm Critical Vendor Changes FIFK10N Vendor Balance Display FIFKI0 Execute Drill-Down Report FIFKI1 Create Drill-Down Report FIFKI2 Change Report: Settings FIFKI3 Display Report: Settings FIFKI4 Report Painter: Create Form FI

Page 106: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

FKI5 Report Painter: Change Form FIFKI6 Report Painter: Display Form FIFKMT Account Assignment Model FIFLB1 Postprocessing Lockbox Data FISAP TRANSACTION CODES207T-Code Description ModuleFLB2 Main Lockbox Program FIFLBP Main Lockbox Program FIFM03 Display FM Document FIFM5I Create Fund FIFM5S Display Fund FIFM5U Change Fund FIFM9B Copy Budget Version FIFM9C Plan Data Transfer from CO FIFM9D Lock Budget Version FIFM9E Unlock Budget Version FIFMEDD Display Entry Document FIFMN0 Transfer Documents from Financial Accounting FIFMR1 Actual/commitment report FIFMR3 Plan/Actual/Commitment Report FIFMSA Create Funds Center in FM Area FIFMX1 Funds Reservation: Create InitScrn FIFMX2 Funds Reservation: Change InitScrn FIFMX3 Funds Reservation: Display InitScrn FIFMY1 Funds precommitment: Create InitScrn FIFMY2 Funds precommitment: Change InitScrn FIFMY3 Funds precommitment: Display InitScrn FIFPS3 Same day Statement: Create memo records FIFQUK Query from User Group FK FIFS00 Edit G/L Account Centrally FIFS01 Edit G/L Account Centrally FIFS02 Edit G/L Account Centrally FIFS03 Edit G/L Account Centrally FIFS04 Central G/L Account Changes FIFS05 Edit G/L Account Centrally FIFS06 Edit G/L Account Centrally FIFS10N G/L Account Balance Display FISAP TRANSACTION CODES208T-Code Description ModuleFSE2 Change Financial Statement Version FIFSP0 Edit G/L Account Chart of accts data FIFSP1 Edit G/L Account Chart of accts data FIFSP2 Edit G/L Account Chart of accts data FIFSP3 Edit G/L Account Chart of accts data FIFSP4 G/L Account Changes in Chart of Accts FIFSS4 G/L Account Changes in Comp. Code FIFV50 Park G/L Account Document FIFV60 Park Vendor Invoice FIFV65 Park Vendor Credit Memo FIFWBS Manual Posting FIFWDP Securities: Securities Account List FIFWOEZ Manual Posting / Debit Position: Reverse FIFWSO Securities: Automatic Debit Position FI

Page 107: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

FWUP Securities: Update Planned Records FIFWZE Manual Debit Position FIFWZZ Display Class - Product Type: ID Number FIFZM4 SAP Easy Access Treasury Management InformationSystemFIFZMN SAP Easy Access Treasury Management BasicFunctionsFIIA00 SAP Easy Access Work Scheduling PMIA01 Create Equipment Task List PMIA02 Change Equipment Task List PMIA03 Display Equipment Task List PMIA04 Start transaction for object service PMIA05 Create General Task List PMIA06 Change General Task List PMIA07 Display General Task List PMIA08 Change PM Task Lists PMIA09 Display Task Lists: Task List Selection PMIA10 Multi-Level Task List: PM Task List Selection PMSAP TRANSACTION CODES209T-Code Description ModuleIA11 Create Functional Location Task List PMIA12 Change Functional Location Task List PMIA13 Display Functional Location Task List PMIA15 Display task list change documents PMIA16 Task list costing PMIA17 Task List Printing List PMIA18 Display Standard Milestone PMIA19 Change Standard Milestone PMIA21 Display Task List Change Documents PMIB01 Create equipment BOM PMIB02 Change equipment BOM PMIB03 Display equipment BOM PMIB05 Change BOM group PMIB06 Display BOM group PMIB07 Create Plant Assignment PMIB08 Change Plant Assignment PMIB09 Display Plant Assignment PMIB11 Create functional location BOM PMIB12 Change functional location BOM PMIB13 Display functional location BOM PMIB15 Change BOM group PMIB16 Display BOM group PMIB17 Create Plant Assignment PMIB18 Change Plant Assignment PMIB19 Display Plant Assignment PMIB51 Create Installed Base PMIB52 Change Installed Base PMIB53 Display Installed Base PMIDX1 Port Maintenance in IDoc Adapter SYSIDX2 Metadata Overview for IDoc Adapter SYSIE00 SAP Easy Access Management of Technical Objects PMSAP TRANSACTION CODES

Page 108: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

210T-Code Description ModuleIE01 Create Equipment PMIE02 Change Equipment PMIE03 Display Equipment PMIE05 Change Equipment: Equipment Selection PMIE07 Multi-Level Equipment List: Equipment Selection PMIE08 Create Equipment PMIE10 Equipment Entry List PMIE31 Create Fleet Object PMIE36 Display Vehicles: Vehicles Selection PMIH01 Functional Location Structure PMIH02 Reference Location Structure PMIH04 Equipment Structure PMIH05 Material Structure: Selection PMIH06 Display Functional Location: Functional LocationSelectionPMIH07 Display Reference Location: Reference LocationSelectionPMIH08 Display Equipment: Equipment Selection PMIH09 Display Material: Material Selection PMIH12 Functional Location Structure PMIH18 Ref. Location List (Multilevel): Selection Ref. Locations PMIK01 Create Measuring Point PPIK01R Create Reference Measuring Point PPIK02 Change Measuring Point PPIK02R Change Reference Measuring Point PPIK03 Display Measuring Point PPIK03R Display Reference Measuring Point PPIK06 Display Measuring Points for Object PPIK07 Display Measuring Points: MeasPoint Selection PPIK07R Display Reference Measuring Point: Reference MeasuringPoint SelectionPPIK08 Change Measuring Points: MeasPoint Selection PPSAP TRANSACTION CODES211T-Code Description ModuleIK08R Change Reference Measuring Point: ReferenceMeasuring Point SelectionPPIK11 Create Measurement Document PMIK12 Change Measurement Document PMIK13 Display Measurement Document PMIK15 Take Up Measurement Reading Transfer PMIK17 Display Measurement Documents: MeasurementDocument SelectionPMIK18 Change Measurement Documents: MeasurementDocument SelectionPMIK21 Collective Entry of MeasDocuments (Funct Location) PMIK22 Collective Entry of MeasDocuments (Equipment) PM

Page 109: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

IK31 Measurement Reading Entry List: Create PMIK32 Measurement Reading Entry List: Change PMIK33 Measurement Reading Entry List: Display PMIK34 Collective Entry of MeasDocuments PMIK51 Measurement Reading Transfer: Structural Display PMIK52 Display Measurement Reading Transfer (History) PMIL01 Create Functional Location PMIL02 Change Functional Location PMIL03 Display Functional Location PMIL04 Create FunctLocation: List Entry PMIL05 Change Functional Location: Functional LocationSelectionPMIL06 Data Transfer From FunctLocation PMIL07 Multi-Level FunctLocation List: FunctLocation SelectionPMIL11 Create Reference Location PMIL12 Change Reference Location PMIL13 Display Reference Location PMIM01 Create Inv. Program Definition FIIM02 Change Inv. Program Definition FIIM03 Display Inv. Program Definition FISAP TRANSACTION CODES212T-Code Description ModuleIM05 Reassignment of measures/app. Requests FIIM22 Change Inv. Program Structure FIIM23 Display Inv. Program Structure FIIM27 Open New Approval Year FIIM30 Change Program Budget Supplement FIIM31 Display Program Budget Supplement FIIM32 Change Original Program Budget FIIM33 Display Original Program Budget FIIM34 Rollup of plan values FIIM35 Change Program Planning FIIM36 Display Program Planning FIIM38 Change Program Budget Return FIIM39 Display Program Budget Return FIIM52 Budget distribution FIIM53 Display budget distribution FIIMA11 Display Appropriation Request FIIMCAOV Investment Program Budget Carryforward FIIMCCV1 Copy Plan Version (Investment Program) FIIMR4 Master data list - App. requests w/o %distrib., w/ovariantsFIIMR5 Master data list - App. requests with %distrib., w/ovariantsFIIMR6 Master data list - App. requests w/o %distrib., w/variantsFIIMR7 Master data list - App. requests with %distrib., w/variantsFI

Page 110: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

IP01 Create Maintenance Plan PMIP02 Change Maintenance Plan PMIP03 Display Maintenance Plan PMIP04 Create Maintenance Item PMIP05 Change Maintenance Item PMIP06 Display Maintenance Item PMSAP TRANSACTION CODES213T-Code Description ModuleIP10 Schedule Maintenance Plan PMIP11 Change Maintenance Strategies: Overview PMIP11Z Change Cycle Sets: Overview PMIP12 Display Maintenance Strategies: Overview PMIP12Z Display Cycle Sets: Overview PMIP13 Package Sequence PMIP14 Where-Used List by Strategy PMIP15 Change Maintenance Plan: Selection Criteria PMIP16 Display Maintenance Plan: Selection Criteria PMIP17 Change Maintenance Item: Selection Criteria PMIP18 Display Maintenance Item: Selection Criteria PMIP19 Maintenance Scheduling Overview and Simulation:Selection CriteriaPMIP24 Scheduling overview list form: Selection Criteria PMIP25 Set Deletion Flag for Maintenance Plans PMIP30 Deadline Monitoring for Maintenance Plans (BatchInput IP10)PMIP31 Maintenance Plan Costing PMIP40 Create Maintenance Plan PMIP41 Create Maintenance Plan (Single Cycle Plan) PMIP42 Create Maintenance Plan (Strategy Plan) PMIP43 Create Maintenance Plan (Multiple Counter Plan) PMIP50 Create Maintenance Plan PMIP62 Material where-used list in task list PMIPCS SAP Easy Access Service Agreements PMIPM2 Change Permit: Selection of Permits PMIPM3 Display Permit: Selection of Permits PMIPMD "Display View ""Maintain Permits"": Overview" PPIQ01 Create Material Serial Number PMIQ02 Change Material Serial Number PMIQ03 Display Material Serial Number PMIQ04 Create Material Serial Number: List Entry PMSAP TRANSACTION CODES214T-Code Description ModuleIQ08 Change Material Serial Number: Serial Number SelectionPMIQ09 Display Material Serial Number: Serial Number Selection PMIQS1 Create Notification (Extended View) PMIQS2 Change Notification (Extended View) PMIQS21 Create Notification (Simplified View) PMIQS22 Change Notification (Simplified View) PMIQS23 Display Notification (Simplified View) PMIQS3 Display Notification (Extended View) PM

Page 111: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

IQS8 Worklist: Notifications (General) PMIR01 Create Work Center PMIR02 Change Work Center PMIR03 Display Work Center PMIW13 Material Where-Used List PMIW21 Create PM Notification PMIW22 Change PM Notification PMIW23 Display PM Notification PMIW24 Create PM Notification: Malfunction Report PMIW25 Create PM Notification: Activity Report PMIW26 Create PM Notification: Maintenance Request PMIW27 Assign Deletion Flag to Completed MaintenanceNotificationsPMIW28 Change Notifications: Selection of Notifications PMIW29 Display Notifications: Selection of Notifications PMIW30 Notification List (Multi-level): Notification Selection PMIW31 Create Order PMIW32 Change Order PMIW33 Display Order PMIW34 Create Notification Order PMIW36 Create Sub-order PMIW37N Change Orders and Operations: Selection of Ordersand OperationsPMSAP TRANSACTION CODES215T-Code Description ModuleIW38 Change PM Orders: Selection of Orders PMIW39 Display PM Orders: Selection of Orders PMIW3D Print Order PMIW3K Change Order: Component Overview PMIW3L Display Order: Component Overview PMIW3M List of Goods Movements for Order: Selection of GoodsMovementsPMIW40 Order List (Multi-Level): Selection of Orders PMIW41 Enter PM Order Confirmation PMIW42 Overall Completion Confirmation PMIW43 Display PM Order Confirmation PMIW44 PM Order Confirmation: Collective Confirmation PMIW45 Cancel PM Order Confirmation PMIW47 Display Confirmations PMIW48 Confirmation using operation list: Selection of OrderOperationsPMIW49N Display Orders and Operations: Selection of Ordersand OperationsPMIW51 Create Service Notification PMIW52 Change Service Notification PMIW53 Display Service Notification PMIW54 Create Service Notification: Problem Notification PMIW55 Create Service Notification: Activity Report PMIW56 Create Service Notification: Service Request PM

Page 112: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

IW57 Set Deletion Flag For Notification PMIW58 Change Service Notifications: Selection of Notifications PMIW59 Display Service Notifications: Selection of Notifications PMIW61 Create Historical PM Order PMIW62 Change Historical PM Order PMIW63 Display Historical PM Order PMIW64 Change Activities: Selection of Notifications PMIW65 Display Activities: Selection of Notifications PMSAP TRANSACTION CODES216T-Code Description ModuleIW66 Change Tasks: Selection of Notifications PMIW67 Display Tasks: Selection of Notifications PMIW68 Change Notification Items: Selection of Notifications PMIW69 Diaplay Notification Items: Selection of Notifications PMIW70 Maintenance Order: Total Network Scheduling PMIW72 Change Service Order: Selection of Orders PMIW73 Display Service Order: Selection of Orders PMIW81 Create Order (Refurbishment) PMIW8W Goods Receipt Serial Numbers for RefurbishmentOrderPMIWBK Material Availability Information PMJ1A5 Display Warehouse Stock WMKA01 Create Cost Element COKA02 Change Cost Element COKA03 Display Cost Element COKA04 Delete Cost Element COKA23 Display Cost Element COKA24 Delete Cost elements COKABL Planning Report COKAH1 Create Cost element group COKAH2 Change Cost element group COKAH3 Display Cost element group COKAK2 "Change View ""Statistical Key Figures"": Overview" COKAK3 "Display View ""Statistical Key Figures"": Overview" COKB21N Enter Direct Activity Allocation COKB23 Display Direct Activity Allocation COKB24 Reverse Direct Activity Allocation COKB31N Enter Statistical Key Figures COKB33N Display Statistical Key Figures COKB34N Reverse Statistical Key Figures COKB41N Enter Manual Repostings of Revenues COKB43N Display Manual Repostings of Revenues COSAP TRANSACTION CODES217T-Code Description ModuleKB44N Reverse Manual Repostings of Revenues COKB65 Enter IAA Reposting: Document Row Selection COKB66 Display IAA Reposting: Document Row Selection COKB67 Reverse IAA Reposting: Document Row Selection COKBH1 Create Statistical Key Figure Group COKBH2 Change Statistical Key Figure Group COKBH3 Display Statistical Key Figure Group COKCH1 Create Profit Center Group CO

Page 113: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

KCH2 Change Profit Center Group COKCH3 Display Profit Center Group COKCH5N Standard Hierarchy for Profit Centers Change COKCH6N Standard Hierarchy for Profit Centers Display COKE21N CO-PA Line item entry COKE24 Line item display - Actual data COKE25 Line item display - Plan data COKE27 Periodic valuation COKE2D Display Sales Orders Containing Errors COKE30 Execute profitability report COKE31 Create profitability report COKE32 Change report COKE41 Create Condition Records COKE42 Change Condition Records COKE43 Display Condition Records COKE4N Change Pricing Report COKE4O Display Pricing report COKE4Q Execute Pricing Report COKE50 SAP Easy Access Profit Center Accounting COKE51 Create Profit Center COKE52 Change Profit Center COKE53 Display Profit Center COKE54 Delete Profit Centers COSAP TRANSACTION CODES218T-Code Description ModuleKE56 Assignment of Profit Centers to Company Codes -ChangeCOKE5Y Profit Center: Plan Line Items COKE5Z Profit Center: Actual Line Items COKEB2 CO-PA / SAP BW: Display Detailed Information aboutthe DataSourceBWKEPM CO-PA Planning COKES1 Change Characteristic Values COKEU5 Perform act. cost-ctr cost transfer COKEU8 Change plan transfer of CCtr costs COKEU9 Display plan transfer of CCtr costs COKEUB Perform plan cost-ctr cost transfer COKGI2 Actual Overhead Calculation: Order COKJH1 Create WBS element group COKJH2 Change WBS element group COKJH3 Display WBS element group COKK01 Create Statistical Key Figure COKK02 Change Statistical Key Figure COKK03 Display Statistical Key Figure COKK04 Master Data Report: Statistical Key Figures COKK11 Create Condition Records COKK12 Change Condition Records COKK13 Display Condition Records COKK14 Create Condition Records with Reference COKK87 Actual Settlement: Product Cost Collector COKK88 Actual Settlement: Cost Object COKK89 Actual settlement: Cost Object CO

Page 114: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

KKA0 Change Cutoff Period COKKA3 Results Analysis for Sales Order COKKA6 Results Analysis for Sales Order: Enter Data COKKA9 Delete Results Analysis Data for Sales Order COKKAK Actual Results Analysis: Sales Orders COSAP TRANSACTION CODES219T-Code Description ModuleKKAO Calculate Work in Progress: Collective Processing COKKAS Calculate Work in Progress: Individual Processing COKKAX Calculate Work in Progress: Individual Processing COKKBC Application Tree Report Selection Product Cost Controlling COKKC1 Create Cost Object COKKC2 Change Cost Object COKKC3 Display Cost Object COKKC7 Create Product Group COKKC8 Change Product Group COKKC9 Display Product Group COKKCA Display Variance Line Items for Cost Objects COKKCS Display Actual Cost Line Items for Cost Objects COKKF1 Create CO Production Order COKKF2 Change CO Production Order/QM Order COKKF3 Display CO Production Order/QM Order COKKF4 Change Order Planning COKKF6M Create Multiple Product Cost Collectors for ProductionVersionsCOKKF6N Display Product Cost Collector COKKF7 Change Product Cost Collector COKKFB Display Variance Line Items for Orders COKKG1 Order: Enter Cost of Sales COKKG2 Project: Enter Cost of Sales COKKG3 Sales Order: Enter Cost of Sales COKKH1 Create Cost object group COKKH2 Change Cost object group COKKH3 Display Cost object group COKKP4 Display Cost Object Hierarchy COKKP6 Reports: Cost Object Hierarchy COKKRC Summarization: CO object COKKS1 Variance Calculation COKKS2 Variance Calculation COSAP TRANSACTION CODES220T-Code Description ModuleKKS5 Variance Calculation COKKS6 Variance Calculation COKL01 Create Activity Type COKL02 Change Activity Type COKL03 Display Activity Type COKL04 Delete Activity Type COKL05 Display Change Documents: Activity Type COKL13 Display Activity Types COKL14 Delete Activity Types COKLH1 Create Activity type group COKLH2 Change Activity type group CO

Page 115: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

KLH3 Display Activity type group COKO01 Create Internal Order COKO02 Change Internal Order COKO03 Display Internal Order COKO04 Order Manager COKO12 Change Overall Planning COKO12N Overall planning for orders: change COKO13 Display Overall Planning COKO13N Overall planning for orders: Display COKO14 Copy Planning COKO14N Set planner profile COKO15 Copy Actual to Plan COKO22 Change Original Budget COKO23 Display Original Budget COKO24 Change Supplement COKO25 Display Supplement COKO2A Change Document COKO2B Display Document COKO88 Actual Settlement: Order COKO8B Display settlement document COSAP TRANSACTION CODES221T-Code Description ModuleKO8G Actual Settlment: Orders COKO9E Planned Settlement: Internal orders COKO9G Planned Settlement: Internal orders COKOB1 Display Actual Cost Line Items for Orders COKOB2 Display Commitment Line Items for Orders COKOB3 Display Variance Line Items for Orders COKOB4 Display Budget Line Items for Orders COKOB8 Display Results Analysis Line Items for Orders COKOC4 Order Selection COKOCF Fiscal year close: Carry forward commitment COKOCO Budget Carryforward for Orders COKOH1 Create Order Group COKOH2 Change Order Group COKOH3 Display Order Group COKOK2 Collective Processing for Internal Orders COKOK3 Collective Display for Internal Orders COKOK4 Automatic Collective Processing for Internal Orders COKOK5 Master Data List for Orders COKOW1N Create Actual Periodic Reposting Cycle COKOW2N Change Actual Periodic Reposting Cycle COKOW3N Display Actual Periodic Reposting Cycle COKOW4N Delete Actual Periodic Reposting Cycle COKP04 Set planner profile COKP06 Change CElem/Activity input planning COKP07 Display planning CElem/Act. input COKP26 Change Activity Type/Price Planning COKP27 Display Activity Type/Price Planning COKP46 Change Statistical Key Figure Planning COKP47 Display Statistical Key Figure Planning COKP90 Delete Planned Costs (All Integrated Planning Objects) COKP98 Copy Actual to Plan COSAP TRANSACTION CODES

Page 116: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

222T-Code Description ModuleKP9R Copy CO Resource Prices COKPD6 Change Statistical Key Figure Planning COKPD7 Display Statistical Key Figure Planning COKPF6 Change CElem/activity input plannin COKPF7 Display CElem./Acty input planning COKPG5 Report Painter: Create Orders: Planning layout for costelements/activCOKPG6 Report Painter: Change Orders: Planning layout for costelements/activCOKPG7 Report Painter: Display Orders: Planning layout for costelements/activCOKPSI Execute Plan Reconciliation COKRMI Display Actual Cost Line Items for Orders COKS01 Create Cost Center COKS02 Change Cost Center COKS03 Display Cost Center COKS04 Delete Cost Center COKS05 Display Change Documents: Cost Center COKS12 Change Cost Centers COKS13 Display Cost Centers COKS14 Delete Cost Centers COKSB1 Display Actual Cost Line Items for Cost Centers COKSB2 Display Commitment Line Items for Cost Centers COKSBP Display Plan Cost Line Items for Cost Centers COKSBT Activity Type Price Report COKSC1N Create Cycle for Actual Indirect Activity Allocation COKSC2N Change Cycle for Actual Indirect Activity Allocation COKSC3N Display Cycle for Actual Indirect Activity Allocation COKSC4N Delete Cycle for Actual Indirect Activity Allocation COKSC6N Act. indirect acty alloc.: Overview COKSC7N Create Cycle for Planned Indirect Activity Allocation COKSC8N Change Cycle for Planned Indirect Activity Allocation COSAP TRANSACTION CODES223T-Code Description ModuleKSC9N Display Cycle for Planned Indirect Activity Allocation COKSCB Execute plan indirect acty alloc. COKSCCN Document List for Selected Cycle COKSH1 Create Cost Center Group COKSH2 Change Cost Center Group COKSH3 Display Cost Center Group COKSOP Transfer Scheduled from PP for Business Processes PPKSPP Transfer Planned Activity Requirements for Production PPKSS4 Plan Cost Splitting COKSU1N Create Actual Assessment Cycle COKSU2N Change Actual Assessment Cycle COKSU3N Display Actual Assessment Cycle COKSU4N Delete Actual Assessment Cycle COKSU5 Execute actual assessment COKSU6N Document List for Selected Cycle CO

Page 117: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

KSU7N Create Plan Assessment Cycle COKSU8N Change Plan Assessment Cycle COKSU9N Display Plan Assessment Cycle COKSUAN Delete Plan Assessment Cycle COKSUB Execute plan assessment COKSUCN Plan assessment: Overview COKSV1N Create Actual Distribution Cycle COKSV2N Change Actual Distribution Cycle COKSV3N Display Actual Distribution Cycle COKSV4N Delete Actual Distribution Cycle COKSV5 Execute actual distribution COKSV6N Actual distribution: Overview COKSV7N Create Plan Distribution Cycle COKSV8N Change Plan Distribution Cycle COKSV9N Display Plan Distribution Cycle COKSVAN Delete Plan Distribution Cycle COSAP TRANSACTION CODES224T-Code Description ModuleKSVCN Plan distribution: Overview COKSWB Execute plan periodic reposting COKVA5 Transfer Actual Data from LIS COLB01 Create Transfer Requirement WMLB02 Change Transfer Requirement WMLB03 Display Transfer Requirement WMLB10 Display Transfer Requirement: List for Storage Type WMLB11 Display Transfer Requirement: List for Material WMLB12 Process Material Document WMLCO1 Set Up Warehouse Co/Material Docs. WMLCO2 Set Up Warehouse Co/Transport Orders WMLDB1 Create Line Hierarchy PPLDB2 Change Line Hierarchy PPLDB3 Display Line Hierarchy PPLI01N Create System Inventory Record WMLI02N Change System Inventory Record WMLI03N Display System Inventory Record WMLI04 Print Inventory List WMLI06 "Change View ""Block/Unblock Storage Type forAnnual Inv."": Overview"WMLI11N Enter Inventory Count WMLI12N Change Inventory Count WMLI13N Display Inventory Count WMLI14 Start Recount WMLI20 Clear Inventory Differences WM WMLI21 Clearing of Differences in Inventory Management WMLICC Execute Inventory with Cycle-Counting Method and byQuantsWMLISTCUBE Call List Viewer for Data Targets BWLISTSCHEMA Call up schema viewer for InfoCubes BWLL01 Warehouse Activity Monitor WMLLVS SAP Easy Access Warehouse Management WMSAP TRANSACTION CODES225

Page 118: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

T-Code Description ModuleLM00 Logon RF WMLM01 Dynamic Menu WMLM02 Select by SU -Put Away WMLM03 Put Away - by TO WMLM04 Put Away -System Guided WMLM05 Picking by TO ID WMLM06 Picking - by Delivery ID WMLM07 Picking - System Guided WMLM09 Put Away by Delivery ID WMLM11 Posting Changes WMLM12 Material Inquiry WMLM13 Put Away Clustered WMLM18 Handling Unit Inquiry WMLM19 Handling Unit - Pack WMLM22 Handling Unit - Unpack WMLM24 Packing HU by Delivery WMLM25 Unpack HU by Delivery WMLM26 Picking by Delivery - W/O sel scree WMLM27 Put Away by Delivery - W/O sel scree WMLM30 Load Control - Load by Shipment WMLM31 Load Control - Load by Delivery WMLM32 Load Control - System Guide Load WMLM33 Load Control - UnLd by Shipment WMLM34 Load Control - UnLd by Delivery WMLM35 Load Control - Detail by Shipping Un WMLM36 Load Control - Detail by Delivery WMLM37 Load Control - Detail by Shipment WMLM45 Pick and Pack WMLM46 Pick and Pack by Delivery WMLM50 Count Inventory By System Guided WMLM51 Count Inventory By User Selection WMSAP TRANSACTION CODES226T-Code Description ModuleLM55 Print Storage Bin Labels WMLM56 Select by SU - Interleaving WMLM57 System Guided Putaway - Interleaving WMLM58 Sys. guided dynamic inventory count WMLM59 User initiated dynamic invent. count WMLM60 User guided dynamic invent. count WMLM61 Goods Issue by Delivery WMLM62 Goods Issue by MS area WMLM63 Goods Issue by Shipment WMLM64 Goods Issue by ALL WMLM65 Goods Issue by Group WMLM66 Goods Issue by HU WMLM71 Goods Receipt by Delivery WMLM72 Goods Receipt by MS area WMLM73 Goods Receipt by Shipment WMLM74 Goods Receipt by ALL WMLM76 Goods Receipt by HU WMLM77 Queue Assignment WMLM80 Serial number capture WMLN07 Number Range for WM Communicication Records WM

Page 119: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

LP11 WM Staging of Crate Parts WMLP12 WM Material Staging of Release Order Parts WMLP21 Replenishment for Fixed Bins in WM WMLP22 Replenishm. Planning for Fixed Bins WMLP24 Replenishment for Storage Types with Random SpaceManagementWMLPIN Information on Material Status in Production WMLPK1 Create Control Cycle WMLPK2 Change Control Cycle WMLPK3 Display Control Cycle WMLPK4 Automatic creation of control cycles for release orderpartsWMSAP TRANSACTION CODES227T-Code Description ModuleLQ01 Posting Chge Stor. Loc. to Stor. Loc. in InventoryManagementWMLQ02 Posting Change in WM and IM WMLRF1 RF Monitor; Active WMLRF2 RF Monitor, Passive WMLS01N Create Storage Bin WMLS02N Change Storage Bin WMLS03N Display Storage Bin WMLS04 Display Empty Storage Bins WMLS05 Automatic Creation of Storage Bins WMLS06 Block/Unblock Several Storage Bins Simultaneously WMLS07 Block and Unblock Quants for Material WMLS08 Block and Unblock a Range of Storage Bins WMLS09 WM Material Data per Storage Type WMLS10 "Change View ""Storage Bin Structure for AutomaticCreation"": Overview"WMLS11 Change Several Storage Bins Simultaneously WMLS12 "Change View ""Block/unblock storage type"": Overview"WMLS22 Change Quant WMLS23 Display Quant WMLS24 Stock per Material WMLS25 Stock per Storage Bin WMLS26 Stock Overview WMLS27 Stock per Storage Unit WMLS28 Storage Units per Storage Bin WMLS32 Change Storage Unit WMLS33 Display Storage Unit WMLS41 List of Control Cycles WMLS51 Create Batch Search Strategy WMLS52 Change Batch Search Strategy WMLS53 Display Batch Search Strategy WMSAP TRANSACTION CODES228T-Code Description Module

Page 120: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

LSMW Legacy System Migration Workbench SYSLT01 Create Transfer Order SDLT02 Clear Inventory Using Transfer Order SDLT03 Create Transfer Order for Delivery Note SDLT04 Create Transfer Order from TR SDLT05 Processing Posting Change SDLT06 Create Transfer Order for Material Document SDLT07 Place Storage Unit into Stock: Beginning Process SDLT08 Additional Stock for Storage Unit: Beginning Process SDLT09 Create Transfer Order for Storage Unit: Entry SDLT0A Create Transfer Order WMLT0B Putaway of Pre-Picked Handling Units WMLT0C Removal of Pre-Picked Handling Units WMLT0D Transferring Pre-Picked Handling Units WMLT0E Create Removal TO for 2-Step Picking WMLT0F Create Transfer Order for Inbound Delivery WMLT0G Return to Stock from Delivery WMLT0H Put Away/Transfer Handling Units WMLT0I Removal of Handling Units from Stoc WMLT0J Create Transfer Order for Storage Unit: Entry WMLT0R Request replenishment manually WMLT0S Create Transfer Order for Multiple Orders SDLT10 Stock Transfer: Start SDLT11 Confirm Item: Confirm Single Item (In One Step) SDLT12 Confirm Transfer Order SDLT13 Confirm Transfer Order Items for Storage Unit: Preparation SDLT14 Confirm Planned Single Item SDLT15 Cancelling Transfer Order SDLT16 Cancel Transfer Order for Storage Unit SDLT1A Change Transfer Order Header SDLT1B Confirm Item: Confirm Single Item (Pick Step) SDSAP TRANSACTION CODES229T-Code Description ModuleLT1C Confirm Item: Confirm Single Item WMLT1D Confirm Transfer Order Pick WMLT1E Confirm Transfer Order WMLT1F Confirm Transfer Order Items for Storage Unit:Preparation (Pick)WMLT1G Confirm Transfer Order Items for Storage Unit:Preparation (Transfer)WMLT21 Display Transfer Order SDLT22 Transfer orders for storage type SDLT23 Transfer Orders: List of Resident Documents SDLT24 Transfer Orders for Material SDLT25 Display Transfer Order / Group SDLT25A Transfer Orders for Each Group (By Wave Pick) SDLT25N Transfer Orders for Each Group (Collective Processing) SDLT26 Transfer Orders for Storage Bin SDLT27 Transfer Orders for Storage Unit SDLT28 Transfer Orders for Each Group SDLT31 Print Transfer Order SDLT42 Create TOs by Multiple Processing SD

Page 121: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

LU01 Create Posting Change Notice WMLU02 Change Posting Change Notice WMLU03 Display Posting Change Notice WMLU04 Display Posting Change Notice: Overview WMLX01 List of Empty Storage Bins WMLX02 WM Stock WMLX03 Bin Status Report WMLX04 Capacity Used per Storage Type WMLX12 Transfer Orders: Resident Documents (Detailed View) WMLX15 Selection of Storage Bins for Annual Inventory Count WMLX16 Carry out Continuous Inventory WMLX17 Differnces List per Storage Type WMLX18 Statistics for Inventory Differences WMSAP TRANSACTION CODES230T-Code Description ModuleLX22 Inventory Overview WMLX23 Stock Comparison Inventory Management / WarehouseManagementWMLX25 Inventory status WMLX26 Carry Out Inventory Using the Cycle Counting Method WMLX27 SLED Control List WMLX30 Overview of WM Messages Transmitted to ExternalSystemsWMLX41 WM-PP Evaluation Report WMLX42 Evaluation PP Order from WM View WMLX43 Consistency Check for Control Cycles WMLX46 Transmission WM performance data -> HR incentivewageWMMB00 SAP Easy Access Inventory Management IMMB01 Goods Receipt for Purchase Order IMMB02 Change Material Document IMMB03 Display Material Document IMMB04 Subcontracting Subsequent Adjustment IMMB0A Goods Receipt - PO Unknown IMMB11 Enter Goods Movement PPMB1A Enter Goods Issue IMMB1B Enter Transfer Posting IMMB1C Enter Other Goods Receipts IMMB21 Create Reservation IMMB22 Change Reservation IMMB23 Display Reservation IMMB24 Reservation List Inventory Management IMMB25 Reservation List Inventory Management IMMB26 Pick List IMMB31 Goods Receipt for Order (Production) PPMB51 Material Document List IMMB52 Display Warehouse Stocks of Material IM

SAP TRANSACTION CODES231T-Code Description Module

Page 122: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

MB53 Plant Availability IMMB54 Display Consignment Stocks IMMB56 Display Batch Where-Used List IMMB58 Display Consignment and Returnable PackagingStocks at CustomerIMMB59 Material Document List IMMB5B Stocks on Posting Date IMMB5C Pick-Up List for Batch Where-Used List IMMB5K Stock Consistency Check IMMB5L List of Stock Values: Balances IMMB5M Shelf Life List IMMB5S List of GR/IR Balances IMMB5T Display Stock in Transit IMMB5U Analysis of Conversion Differences IMMB90 Output from Goods Movements IMMBBM Batch Input: Post Material Document IMMBBR Batch Input: Create Reservation IMMBBS Valuated Sales Order and Project Stock IMMBC1 Create Batch Search Strategy IMMBC2 Change Batch Search Strategy IMMBC3 Display Batch Search Strategy IMMBGR Material Docmts. With Reason f. Mvt IMMBLB Stocks at Subcontractor IMMBPM Manage Held Data (Inventory Management) IMMBRL Enter return Delivery IMMBSF Release Blocked Stock IMMBSL Copy Material Document IMMBSM Cancelled Material Documents IMMBST Cancel Material Document IMMBSU Place in Stor. for Mat. Doc. IMMBVR Manage Reservations PPMC.1 Plant Analysis: Stock: Selection IMSAP TRANSACTION CODES232T-Code Description ModuleMC.2 Plant Analysis: Receipts/Issues: Selection IMMC.3 Plant Analysis: Inventory Turnover: Selection IMMC.4 Plant Analysis: Range of Coverage: Selection IMMC.5 Storage Location Analysis: Stock: Selection IMMC.6 Storage Loc. Analysis: Receipts/Issues: Selection IMMC.7 Storage Loc. Analysis: Inventory Turnover: Selection IMMC.9 Material Analysis: Stock: Selection IMMC.A Material Analysis: Receipts/Issues: Selection IMMC.B Material Analysis: Inventory Turnover: Selection IMMC.C Material Analysis: Range of Coverage: Selection IMMC+A Customer Analysis: Returns: Selection SDMC+E Customer Analysis: Invoiced Sales: Selection SDMC=E Create Exception PMMC=F Change Exception PMMC=G Display Exception PMMC=H Create Exception Group PMMC=I Change Exception Group PMMC=J Display Exception Group PMMC=K Periodic Analyses for Exception: Area to analyze Create PM

Page 123: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

MC=L Periodic Analyses for Exception: Area to analyzeChangePMMC=M Periodic Analyses for Exception: Area to analyzeDisplayPMMC01 Logistics Information Library IMMC02 Key Fig.Retrieval via Text IMMC03 Key Fig Retrieval via Classification Characteristics IMMC04 Create Info Set IMMC05 Change Info Set IMMC06 Display Info Set: Members IMMC07 Create Key Figure IMMC08 Change Key Figure IMMC09 Display Key Figure IMSAP TRANSACTION CODES233T-Code Description ModuleMC11 Create Evaluation PPMC12 Change Evaluation PPMC13 Display Evaluation PPMC35 Create Rough-Cut Planning Profile PPMC36 Change Rough-Cut Planning Profile PPMC37 Display Rough-Cut Planning Profile PPMC40 Usage-Based ABC Analysis IMMC41 Requirement-Based ABC Analysis IMMC42 Key Figure: Range of Coverage Based on Usage Values IMMC43 Key Figure: Range of Coverage Based on RequirementValuesIMMC44 Key Figure: Inventory Turnover IMMC45 Key Figure: Usage Value IMMC46 Key Figure: Slow-Moving Items IMMC47 Key Figure: Requirements Value IMMC48 Key Figure: Stock Value IMMC49 Key Figure: Average Stock Value IMMC50 Key Figure: Dead Stock IMMC61 Create Planning Hierarchy PPMC62 Change Planning Hierarchy PPMC63 Display Planning Hierarchy PPMC64 Create Event PPMC65 Change Event PPMC66 Display Event PPMC67 Planning Hierarchy Graphic PPMC71 Product group hierarchy PPMC72 Product Group Usage PPMC74 Transfer Planning Data to Demand Management(Material)PPMC75 Transfer Planning Data to Demand Management(Product Group)PPMC78 Copy Planning Version PPSAP TRANSACTION CODES234

Page 124: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

T-Code Description ModuleMC80 Delete Planning Version PPMC84 Create Product Group PPMC85 Display Product Group PPMC86 Change Product Group PPMC88 Sales and Operations Planning PPMC8A Planning Type: Create PPMC8B Planning Type: Change PPMC8C Planning Type: Display PPMC8D Create Planning Job PPMC8E Change Planning Job PPMC8G Schedule Background Run for Selected PlanningObjectsPPMC8J List of planning objects PPMC8V Copy Planning Version PPMC8W Delete Planning Version PPMC90 Transfer Planning Data to Demand Management PPMC93 Create Plan in Flexible Planning PPMC94 Change Plan in Flexible Planning PPMC95 Display Plan in Flexible Planning PPMC96 "Change View ""Configuration of Forecast Profiles"":Details"PPMC9B Determine Proporations of Lowest-Level Nodes forConsistent PlanningPPMC9C Standard Analysis for Info Structure PPMC9K Maintain Available Capacity for Material PPMCB% Background Report for Parameters Controlling IMMCBA INVCO: Plant Analysis Selection IMMCBC INVCO: Stor. Loc. Analysis Selection IMMCBE INVCO: Material Analysis Selection IMMCBR INVCO: Batch Selection Analysis IMMCBV Parameter Analysis IMMCBZ Current Requirements/Stock IMSAP TRANSACTION CODES235T-Code Description ModuleMCI6 Object Statistics PPMCIZ Vehicle Consumption Analysis PMMCJB PMIS: MTTR/MTBR - Equipment PMMCJE SAP Easy Access Plant Maintenance InformationSystemPMMCL1 Analysis: Stock Placements and Removals: Selection IMMCL5 Analysis: Quantity Flows: Selection IMMCL9 Analysis: Mat. Stock Placemnts + Removals: Selection IMMCLD Analysis: Material Quantity Flows: Selection IMMCLH Analysis: Movement Types: Selection IMMCMM Display Selection Version PMMCOA Customer Analysis Overview: Lots: Selection QMMCP1 Operation Analysis PPMCP3 Production Order Analysis PPMCP5 Material Analysis PP

Page 125: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

MCP7 Work Center Analysis: Selection PPMCRE Material Usage Analysis PPMCRI Product Costs Analysis PPMCRX Material Usage Analysis PPMCRY Product Costs Analysis PPMCSK Call Standard Analyses of Stocks IMMCTA Customer Analysis: Selection SDMCTC Material Analysis (SIS): Selection SDMCTE Sales Organization Analysis: Selection SDMCV9 Incomplete SD Documents SDMCVA Vendor Analysis Overview: Lots: Selection QMMCXB Analysis: Inspection Results, General: Selection QMMCXC Material Analysis Overview: Quantities: Selection QMMCXI Material Analysis Quantities: Selection QMMCXV Q-Notification Analysis: Mat. Overview: Selection QMMCYG Exception Analysis INVCO IMSAP TRANSACTION CODES236T-Code Description ModuleMCYJ Shop Floor Information System (PP-IS): Execute ExceptionAnalysisPPMCYK Plant Maintenance Information System (PMIS): ExecuteException AnalysisPMMD01 MRP Run PPMD02 Single-Item; Multi-Level (MRP) PPMD03 Single-Item, Single-Level (MRP) PPMD04 Stock/Requirements List IMMD05 MRP List (Individual Display) PPMD06 MRP List (Collective Display) PPMD07 Stock/Requirements List (collective Display) PPMD09 Determine Pegged Requirements PPMD11 Create Planned Order PPMD12 Change Planned Order PPMD13 Display Planned Order PPMD14 Convert Planned Order to Purchase Requisition PPMD15 Collective Conversion of Plnd Ord. to Pur. Req. PPMD16 Display Planned Orders PPMD17 Collective Requirements Display PPMD20 Create Planning File Entry PPMD21 Display planning file entries PPMD25 Create Planning Calendar PPMD26 Change Planning Calendar PPMD27 Display Planning Calendar PPMD43 Single-Item Planning - Interactive PPMD44 Evaluation of the Planning Situation PPMD45 Evaluation of the Planning Result PPMD46 Evaluation of the Planning Result for MRP Controller PPMD47 Evaluation of Product Group Planning PPMD48 Cross-Plant Evaluation PPMD4C Multilevel Order Report PPMD50 Make-To-Order Planning - Multi-Level PPSAP TRANSACTION CODES237

Page 126: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

T-Code Description ModuleMD51 Project Planning - Multi-Level PPMD61 Create Planned Independent Requirements PPMD62 Change Planned Independent Requirements PPMD63 Display Planned Independent Requirements PPMD64 Standard Independent Requirements (Create) PPMD65 Change Standard Independent Requirements PPMD66 Display Standard Independent Requirements PPMD73 Display Total Requirements PPMD74 Reorganizing Indep. Reqmts - Adjusting Requirements(PlndIndReq)PPMD75 Indep. requirements reorganization - Delete oldrequirements recordsPPMD76 Reorg: Indep. Reqmts - Delete History and IndependentRequirementsPPMD79 PP Demand Management / XXL List Viewer PPMD81 Create Independent Requirements PPMD82 Change Independent Requirements PPMD83 Display Independent Requirements PPMDAB Set up planning file entries: Variant PPMDAC Execute Action for Planned Order PPMDBT Total Planning: Variants PPMDL1 Create Production Lot PPMDL2 Change Production Lot PPMDL3 Display Production Lot PPMDLD Print MRP List PPMDRE Plnning file entries consisten: Variants PPMDSA Display BOM Explosion Numbers PPMDSP Maintain BOM Explosion Numbers PPMDUM Convert Planned Orders into PR: Variants PPMDUP Process project assignment PPMDUS Display project assignment PPMDVP Collective Availability Check PPSAP TRANSACTION CODES238T-Code Description ModuleME00 SAP Easy Access Purchasing MMME01 Maintain Source List MMME03 Display Source List MMME04 Changes to Source List MMME05 Generate Source List MMME06 Analyze Source List MMME07 Reorganize Source List MMME08 Send Source List MMME0M Source List for Material MMME11 Create Info Record MMME12 Change Info Record MMME13 Display Info Record MMME14 Changes to Purchasing Info Record MMME15 Flag Info Record for Deletion MMME16 Deletion Proposals for Info Records MMME17 Archive Administration (Purchasing Info Records) MM

Page 127: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

ME18 Send Purchasing Info Record MMME1A Archived Purchasing Info Records MMME1B Define Background Job MMME1E Quotation Price History MMME1L Info Records per Vendor MMME1M Info Records per Material MMME1P Purchase Order Price History MMME1W Info Records Per Material Group MMME1X Print Buyer's Negotiation Sheet for Vendor MMME1Y Print Buyer's Negotiation Sheet for Material MMME21N Create Purchase Order MMME22N Change Purchase Order MMME23N Display Purchase Order MMME24 Maintain PO Supplement MMME25 Create PO (with Source Determination) MMSAP TRANSACTION CODES239T-Code Description ModuleME26 Display PO Supplement MMME27 Create Purchase Order (Stock Transfer) MMME28 Release (Approve) Purchasing Documents MMME29N Display Purchase Order (Individual Release) MMME2A Monitor Vendor Confirmations MMME2B Purchasing Documents per Requirement TrackingNumberMMME2C Purchasing Documents for Material Group MMME2J Purchasing Documents per Project MMME2K Purchasing Documents per Account Assignment MMME2L Purchasing Documents per Vendor MMME2M Purchasing Documents for Material MMME2N Purchasing Documents per Document Number MMME2O SC Stock Monitoring for Vendor MMME2S PO Reporting with Services MMME2V Expected Goods Receipts MMME2W Purchasing Documents per Supplying Plant MMME308 Send Contracts (with Conditions) MMME31 Create Outline Agreement MMME31K Create Contract MMME31L Create Scheduling Agreement MMME32 Change Outline Agreement MMME32K Change Contract MMME32L Change Scheduling Agreement MMME33 Display Outline Agreement MMME33K Display Contract MMME33L Display Scheduling Agreement MMME34 Maintain Outline Agreement Supplement MMME34K Maintain Contract Supplement MMME34L Maintain Sched. Agmt. Suppl. MMME35 Release (Approve) Purchasing Documents MMSAP TRANSACTION CODES240T-Code Description ModuleME35K Release (Approve) Purchasing Documents (OutlineAgreement)

Page 128: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

MMME35L Release (Approve) Purchasing Documents (SchedulingAgreement)MMME36 Display Outline Agreement Supplement MMME37 Create Scheduling Agreement MMME38 Maintain Sch. Agmt Schedule MMME39 Display Sch. Agmt Schedule MMME3A Send Release Document MMME3B Purchasing Documents per Requirement TrackingNumberMMME3C Purchasing Documents for Material Group MMME3J Outline Agreements per Project MMME3K Purchasing Documents per Account Assignment MMME3L Purchasing Documents per Vendor MMME3M Purchasing Documents for Material MMME3N Purchasing Documents per Document Number MMME3P Define Background Job MMME3R Define Background Job MMME3S Contract Reporting with Services MMME41 Create RFQ MMME42 Change RFQ MMME43 Display RFQ MMME44 Maintain RFQ Supplement MMME45 Release (Approve) Purchasing Documents (RFQ) MMME47 Maintain Quotation MMME48 Display Quotation MMME49 Price Comparison List MMME4B Purchasing Documents per Requirement TrackingNumber (RFQ)MMME4C Purchasing Documents for Material Group (RFQ) MMME4L Purchasing Documents per Vendor (RFQ) MMSAP TRANSACTION CODES241T-Code Description ModuleME4M Purchasing Documents for Material (RFQ) MMME4N Purchasing Documents per Document Number (RFQ) MMME4S RFQs per Collective Number MMME51N Create Purchase Requisition MMME52N Change Purchase Requisition MMME53N Display Purchase Requisition MMME54N Release Purchase Requisition (Individual Release) MMME55 Collective Release of Purchase Requisitions MMME56 Assign Source to Supply to Requisitions MMME57 Assign and Process Purchase Requisitions MMME58 Ordering: Assigned Purchase Requisitions MMME59N Automatic Creation of Purchase Orders from Requisitions MMME5A List Display of Purchase Requisitions MMME5F Release (Approval) Reminder: Purchase Requisitions MMME5J List Display of Purchase Requisitions for Project MMME5K List Display of Purchase Requisitions (by AccountAssignment)MM

Page 129: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

ME5W Resubmission of Purchase Requisitions MMME61 Maintain Vendor Evaluation MMME62 Display Vendor Evaluation MMME63 Calculate Scores for Semi-Automatic and AutomaticSubcriteriaMMME64 Evaluation Comparison MMME65 Ranking List of Vendors MMME6A Display Change Documents MMME6B Ranking List of Vendor Evaluations Based on Material/Material GroupMMME6C Vendors Without Evaluation MMME6D Vendors Not Evaluated Since... MMME6E Evaluation Records Without Weighting Key MMME6F Print Vendor Evaluation Sheet MMME6G Define Background Job MMSAP TRANSACTION CODES242T-Code Description ModuleME6H Vendor Evaluation Analysis MMME80 Purchasing Documents (General Analysis) MMME80A Purchasing Documents (RFQs) MMME80AN General Evaluations (RFQs) MMME80F Purchasing Documents (Purchase Orders) MMME80FN General Evaluations (Purchase Orders) MMME80R Purchasing Documents (Outline Agreements) MMME80RN General Evaluations (Outline Agreement) MMME81N Analysis of Purchase Order Values MMME82 Archived Purchasing Documents MMME84 Create Releases MMME84A Individual Display of Scheduling Agreement Release MMME85 Renumber SA Delivery Schedule Lines MMME86 Aggregation/Disaggregation of Scheduling AgreementSchedule LinesMMME87 Summarization and Removal of PO History Records MMME88 Set/Reset Agreed Cumulative Quantity andReconciliation DateMMME91 Purchasing Documents.: Reminders/Expediters MMME91A Purchasing Documents.: Reminders/Expediters MMME91E Purchasing Documents.: Reminders/Expediters(Scheduling Agreement)MMME91F Purchasing Documents.: Reminders/Expediters(Purchase Orders)MMME92 Monitor Receipt of Order Acknowledgments MMME92F Monitor Receipt of Order Acknowledgments (PurchaseOrder)MMME92K Monitor Receipt of Order Acknowledgments (Contract) MMME92L Monitor Receipt of Order Acknowledgments(Scheduling Agreement)

Page 130: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

MMME98 Archive Administration (Purchasing Documents) MMME99 Output from Purchase Orders MMME9A Message Output (Request for Quotation) MMSAP TRANSACTION CODES243T-Code Description ModuleME9E Message Output (Scheduling Agreement) MMME9F Message Output (Purchase Order) MMME9K Message Output (Contract) MMME9L Message Output (Scheduling Agreement) MMMEAN "Address maintanance: Initial screen ""Deliveryaddresses (master data)""MMMEB0 Cancel Settlement Runs MMMEB1 Create Agreement (Rebate Arrangement) MMMEB2 Change Agreement (Rebate Arrangement) MMMEB3 Display Agreement (Rebate Arrangement) MMMEB4 Settlement: Vendor Rebate Arrangements, Purchasing MMMEB5 List of Vendor Rebate Arrangements: Purchasing MMMEB8 Detailed Statement; Vendor Busn. Vols.: Reb.Arrangements, PurchasingMMMEDL Price Change Involving Vendor's Contracts MMMEI1 Changes to Purchasing Documents Due to Changes inConditionsMMMEI2 Mass Adjustment of Documents Due to Changes inDocumentssMMMEI3 Recompilation of Doc. Index (Auto. Document Adj.,Subseq. Settlement)MMMEI4 Automatic Document Adjustment: Create Worklist MMMEI5 Automatic document adjustment: delete worklist MMMEI6 Delete document index (Auto. Doc. Adjustment,Subsequent Settlement)MMMEI7 Make Price Change in Open Purchase Orders MMMEI8 Recompilation of document index (doc. adjustment) forpayment docsMMMEI9 Recompilation of Doc. Index (Doc. Adjustment) forVend. Billing DocsMMMEK1 Create Condition Records MMMEK2 Change Condition Records MMMEK3 Display Condition Records MMSAP TRANSACTION CODES244T-Code Description ModuleMEK31 Change Condition Records MMMEK32 Change Condition Records MMMEK33 Display Condition Records MMMEK4 Create Condition Records with Reference MM

Page 131: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

MEKA Purchasing Conditions MMMEKB Conditions by Contract MMMEKC Conditions by Info Record MMMEKD Conditions for Material Group MMMEKE Conditions by Vendor MMMEKF Conditions for Material Type MMMEKG Conditions by Condition Group of Vendor MMMEKH Market Price MMMEKI Conditions by Incoterms MMMEKJ Conditions for Invoicing Party MMMEKK Conditions by Vendor Subrange MMMEKL Price Change Involving Vendor's Scheduling Agreements MMMEKLE Currency Change for Scheduling Agreement Conditionsof VendorMMMEKP Price Change Involving Vendor's Info Records MMMEKPE Currency Change for Info Record Conditions of Vendor MMMEKR Price Change Involving Vendor's Contracts MMMEKRE Currency Change for Contract Conditions of Vendor MMMELB Purchasing Transactions per Requirement TrackingNumberMMMEPA Order Price Simulation/Price Information MMMEPB Price Information/Vendor Negotiation Sheet MMMEPO Display Purchase Order MMMEQ1 Maintain Quota Arrangement MMMEQ3 Display Quota Arrangement MMMEQ4 Changes to Quota Arrangement MMMEQ6 Analyze Quota Arrangement MMMEQ8 Quota Arrangement for Material MMSAP TRANSACTION CODES245T-Code Description ModuleMEQB Define Background Job MMMEQM Quota Arrangement for Material MMMEU2 Perform Comparison of Business Volumes MMMEW6 Assign Purchase Orders WEB MMMEW7 Release of Service Entry Sheets MMMEW8 Release of Service Entry Sheet MMMF12 Display Document Log Information PPMF26 Display Reporting Point Information PPMF30 Creation of Preliminary Cost Estimates for ProductCost CollectorsPPMF41 Document-Specific Backflush Reversal PPMF42N Collective Entry of Confirmations PPMF45 Postprocess Backflush Items PPMF46 Collective Postprocessing PPMF50 Planning Table Initial Screen: Change Mode PPMF51 Production List for Repetitive Manufacturing PPMF52 Planning Table Initial Screen: Display Mode PPMF57 Planning Table Initial Screen: By MRP Lists PPMF60 Material Staging for Planned Orders PPMF63 Staging Situation for Planned Orders PPMF65 Picking: Collective processing PP

Page 132: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

MF68 Message logs for material staging PPMF70 Aggregate Collective Backflush PPMFBF REM Confirmation: Transaction Variant: None PPMFHU HU Backflush in Repetitive Manufacturing PPMI00 SAP Easy Access Physical Inventory IMMI01 Create Physical Inventory Document IMMI02 Change Physical Inventory Document IMMI03 Display Physical Inventory Document IMMI04 Enter Inventory Count IMMI05 Change Inventory Count IMMI06 Display Inventory Count IMSAP TRANSACTION CODES246T-Code Description ModuleMI07 Post Inventory Difference IMMI08 Post Count and Difference IMMI09 Enter Count w/o Reference to Document IMMI10 Post Document, Count, and Difference IMMI11 Enter Recount IMMI12 Display Changes to Phys. Inv. Docs IMMI20 List of Inventory Differences IMMI21 Print Physical Inventory Document IMMI22 Display Physical Inventory Documents for Material IMMI23 Dispay Physical Inventory Data for Material IMMI24 Physical Inventory List IMMI31 Selected Data for Phys. Inventory Docmts w/o SpecialStockIMMI32 Batch input: Block material for physical inventory IMMI33 Batch input: Freeze book inv. balance for phys. inv. IMMI34 Batch input: Enter Count with Reference to Document IMMI35 Batch Input: Post Zero Count for Uncounted Materials IMMI37 Batch Input: Post Differences IMMI38 Batch Input: Enter Count w. Reference to Doc. IMMI39 Batch Input: Enter Count w/o Reference to Document IMMI40 Batch Input: Enter Count w/o Ref. to Doc., Post Differences IMMIBC ABC Analysis for Cycle Counting (Physical Inventory) IMMICN Batch Input: Create Phys. Inv. Docs. For Cycle Counting IMMIDO Display Physical Inventory Overview IMMIGO Goods Receipt Purchase Order IMMIGO_GI Goods Movement IMMIGO_GS Subseq. Adjust. of Material Provided IMMIK1 Selected Data for Phys. Inventory Docmts VendorConsignmentIMMIMD Report for Transferring PDC Phys. Inv. Data IMMIQ1 Selected Data for Physical Inventory Documents forProjectIMSAP TRANSACTION CODES247T-Code Description ModuleMIR4 Display Invoice Document FIMIR6 Invoice overview - selection criteria FIMIR7 Park Incoming Invoice FI

Page 133: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

MIRA Enter Incoming Invoice FIMIRO Enter Incoming Invoice FIMK01 Create Vendor (Purchasing) MMMK02 Change Vendor (Purchasing) MMMK03 Display Vendor (Purchasing) MMMK04 Vendor Account Changes (Purchasing) MMMK05 Block/Unblock Vendor (Purchasing) MMMK06 Flag for Deletion Vendor (Purchasing) MMMK12 Plan Vendor MMMK14 Planned Vendor Account Changes MMMK19 Display in future Vendor MMMKVG Vendor's Settlement and Condition Groups MMMKVZ List of Vendors: Purchasing MMML01 Create Standard Service Catalog PMML02 Change Standard Service Catalog PMML03 Display Standard Service Catalog PMML10 Create Model Service Specifications PMML11 Change Model Service Specifications PMML12 Display Model Service Specifications PMML15 Model Service Specifications: Reporting PMML81 Maintain Service Entry Sheet PMMLS6 Standard Service Catalog: Reporting PMMM00 SAP Easy Access Material Master MMMM01 Create Material MMMM02 Change Material MMMM03 Display Material MMMM04 Display Changes MMMM06 Flag Material for Deletion MMSAP TRANSACTION CODES248T-Code Description ModuleMM11 Schedule Creation of Material MMMM12 Schedule Changing of Material MMMM16 Schedule Material for Deletion MMMM19 Display Material at Key Date MMMM50 Extend Material View(s) MMMM60 Materials List MMMMAM Change Material Type MMMMBE Stock Overview: Company Code/Plant/StorageLocation/BatchIMMMH1 Create Trading Goods MMMMI1 Create Operating Supplies MMMMN1 Create Non-Stock Material MMMMPI Initialize Period for Material Master Records MMMMPV Close Period for Material Master Records MMMMR1 Create Raw Material MMMMRV Allow Posting to Previous Period MMMMS1 Create Service MMMMSC Enter storage locations collectivel MMMMU1 Create Non-Valuated Material MMMMV1 Create Packaging MMMMVD Change Material MMMMVH Create Material MMMMVV Change Material MM

Page 134: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

MMZ2 Change Material MMMN01 Create Output - Condition Records: Purchasing RFQ MMMN02 Change Output - Condition Records: Purchasing RFQ MMMN03 Display Output - Condition Records: Purchasing RFQ MMMN04 Create Output - Condition Records: Purchase Order MMMN05 Change Output - Condition Records: Purchase Order MMMN06 Display Output - Condition Records: Purchase Order MMMN07 Create Output - Condition Records: Purch. Outline Agr. MMMN08 Change Output - Condition Records: Purch. Outline Agr. MMSAP TRANSACTION CODES249T-Code Description ModuleMN09 Display Output - Condition Records: Purch. Outline Agr. MMMN10 Create Output - Condition Records: Purch. Sch AgrReleaseMMMN11 Change Output - Condition Records: Purch. Sch AgrReleaseMMMN12 Display Output - Condition Records: Purch. Sch AgrReleaseMMMN13 Create Output - Condition Records: Entry Sheet MMMN14 Change Output - Condition Records: Entry Sheet MMMN15 Display Output - Condition Records: Entry Sheet MMMN21 Create Output - Condition Records: InventoryManagementMMMN22 Change Output - Condition Records: InventoryManagementMMMN23 Display Output - Condition Records: Inventory Management MMMN24 Create Output - Condition Records: Inbound Delivery MMMN25 Change Output - Condition Records: Inbound Delivery MMMN26 Display Output - Condition Records: Inbound Delivery MMMP01 Maintain Approved Manufacturer Parts List MMMP02 Display Approved Manufacturer Parts List MMMP30 Execute Forecast (Materials) PPMP31 Change Forecast (Materials) PPMP32 Display Forecast (Materials) PPMP33 Forecast Reprocessing PPMP38 Execute Mass Forecast PPMP39 Material Forecast Printing PPMP80 Forecast Profile Create PPMP81 Forecast Profile Change PPMP82 Forecast Profile Delete PPMP83 Forecast Profile Display PPMP90 Number Ranges for Forecast Parameter PPMP91 Number Ranges for Forecast Values PPMPBT Total Forecast: Variants PPSAP TRANSACTION CODES250T-Code Description ModuleMPDR Print forecast: Variants PPMR00 SAP Easy Access Invoice MM

Page 135: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

MR02 Invoice Items Release MMMR03 Display Original Document MMMR08 Cancel Invoice Document MMMR11 Maintain GR/IR Clearing Account MMMR21 Price Change - Overview Screen MMMR42 Change Parked Document MMMR43 Display Parked Document MMMR44 Post Parked Document MMMR51 Accounting Documents for Material IMMR8M Cancel Invoice Document FIMR90 Output Messages in Logistics Invoice Verification MMMR91 Messages for Invoice Verification MMMRA1 Archive Administration: Create Archive Files MMMRA2 Archive Administration: Execute Delete Program MMMRA3 Analysis of Invoice Document Archive MMMRBR Release Blocked Invoices FIMRKO Consignment and Pipeline Settlement FIMRM0 SAP Easy Access Logistics Invoice Verification MMMRM1 Create Message: Invoice Verificatio MMMRM2 Change Output - Condition Records: Invoice VerificationMMMRM3 Display Output - Condition Records: Invoice Verification MMMRNB Revaluation with Logistics Invoice Verification MMMRRL Evaluated Receipt Settlement (ERS) with LogisticsInvoice VerificationFIMS31 Create Planning Scenario PPMS32 Change Planning Scenario PPMS33 Display Planning Scenario PPMS44 Long-Term Planning: Evaluation PPMS64 Copy Version PPSAP TRANSACTION CODES251T-Code Description ModuleMSC1N Create Batch PPMSC2N Change Batch PPMSC3N Display Batch PPMSC4N Display Change Documents for Batch PPMSRV2 Reporting on Services (Purchase Requisition) MMMSRV4 Reporting on Services (RFQ) MMNACE Conditions for Output Control SYSOAA1 ArchiveLink: Selection of Storage Systems SYSOAA3 ArchiveLink: Communications Interface Administration SYSOAA4 ArchiveLink: Application Maintenance SYSOAAD ArchiveLink: Administration of Stored Documents SYSOAC2 "Change View ""Global document types"": Overview" SYSOAC5 "Display View "" Settings for Bar Code Entry"": Overview" SYSOACA "Change View ""Parameter Definition Workflow"": Overview"SYSOAD0 "Change View ""Definition of Object Link Types"": Overview"SYSOAD2 "Change View ""ArchiveLink: Document classes"": Overview"

Page 136: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

SYSOAD3 "Change View ""Link Tables"": Overview" SYSOAD4 "Change View ""Bar Code Types"": Overview" SYSOAD5 ArchiveLink Customizing Wizard SYSOADB "Change View ""Define Depreciation Areas"" : Overview" FIOADR Search for Stored Print Lists SYSOAM1 ArchiveLink: Monitor SYSOAOR Business Document Navigator SYSOARE "Display View ""Administration: Storage system errormessages"": Overview"SYSOAY2 "Change View ""Asset class"": Overview" FIOB08 "Change View ""Currency Exchange Rates"": Overview" FIOB52 "Change View ""Posting Periods: Specify TimeIntervals"": Overview"FIOB55 Maintain Worklists: Objects FISAP TRANSACTION CODES252T-Code Description ModuleOKENN Standard Hierarchy for Cost Centers Display COOKEON Standard Hierarchy for Cost Centers Change COOKKP "Change View ""Basic data"": Overview (MaintainControlling Area)"COOKO5 Delete CO orders COOKP1 Maintain Period Lock COOKP2 Display Period Lock COOLVD SAP Easy Access Customizing for Sales andDistribution: ShippingSDOLVF SAP Easy Access SD Customizing: Billing SDOLVS SAP Easy Access Customizing for Sales andDistribution: Master DataSDOMI8 Plant Parameters for Material Requirements Planning PPOOPD "Change View ""HR Master Data"": Overview" HROOSB "Change View ""User Authorizations"": Overview" SYSOP4A "Change View ""Grouping"": Overview" PPOPPP "Change View ""Alternative BOM Determination"": Overview"PPOS01 LAN Check by PING SYSOS03 Parameter Changes in Operating System SYSOS04 Local / Configuration Parameter SYSOS05 Remote System Cconfiguration SYSOS06 Local / Operating System Monitor SYSOS07 Remote Operating System Activity SYSOS29 "Change View ""User Profile for BOMs"": Overview" PPOSS1 Log On to SAPNet SYSOVKK "Change View ""Pricing Procedurs: Determination inSales Docs."": Overview"SDOVXC Shipping Points -> Plants: Overview SDOY18 Analysis of Changed Customizing Objects and Tables SYS

Page 137: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

P1B4 Copy Object Lists Between Clients HRPA00 SAP Easy Access Personnel Administration HRPA03 Payroll control record HRSAP TRANSACTION CODES253T-Code Description ModulePA05 Table COIFT key HRPA06 Number Range for Time Events and Plant Data HRPA07 HR vendor for garnishment remittance HRPA08 Define vendor subgroup for individual remittance HRPA09 Days carried MM-SRV: HR document number HRPA0A Range of Numbers for Central Person HRPA10 Personnel File HRPA20 Display HR Master Data HRPA30 Maintain HR Master Data HRPA40 Personnel Actions HRPA41 Change Entry/Leaving Date HRPA42 Fast Entry for Actions HRPA48 Hiring of Transferred Employees HRPA51 Display Time Data HRPA53 Display Time Data HRPA61 Maintain Time Data HRPA62 List Entry of Additional Data HRPA63 Maintain Time Data HRPA64 Calendar Entry HRPA70 Fast Entry HRPA71 Fast Entry of Time Data HRPAAH InfoSet Query (InfoSet: HR Personnel Administration) HRPAC5 Maintain HR Master Data HRPACA PF Administration HRPACB PF Account Maintenance: Access HRPACC PF Debugger HRPACE Maintain Postings: Access HRPACK SAP Easy Access HR-CH: Pension Fund HRPACN HR-CH: Pension fund: Account number number ranges HRPACP HR-CH: Pension fund, person view HRPACT PC parameter maintenance: Access HRSAP TRANSACTION CODES254T-Code Description ModulePAL1 Create Sales Representative HRPAL2 Display Sales Representative HRPAL3 Maintain Sales Representative HRPAL4 Create Buyer HRPAL5 Maintain Buyer HRPAL6 Display Buyer HRPAR1 Flexible Employee Data HRPAR2 Employee List HRPAT1 Display Report Tree Report Selection for Administration HRPAUX Adjustment Workbench HRPAUY Adjustment Workbench (special retro processing) HRPAW1 Who is Who HRPB00 SAP Easy Access Recruitment HRPB04 Number Ranges for Applicant Administration HRPB10 Initial entry of basic data (Applicant Master Data) HR

Page 138: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

PB20 Display applicant master data HRPB30 Maintain applicant master data HRPB40 Applicant actions HRPB50 Display Applicant Activities HRPB60 Maintain Applicant Activities HRPB80 Vacancies HRPBA0 Job Advertisements HRPBA1 Applicants by Name HRPBA2 Applications HRPBA3 Vacancy Assignments HRPBA4 Applicants by action HRPBA5 Print Letters (SAPscript) HRPBA6 Complete Activities after Printout HRPBA7 Direct Data Transfer HRPBA8 Complete Activities after Data Transfer HRPBA9 Planned activities HRSAP TRANSACTION CODES255T-Code Description ModulePBAA Evaluate Recruitment Instruments HRPBAB Maintain vacancy assignments HRPBAC Applicant Statistics HRPBAD Print Letters (RTF format) HRPBAE Applicants by action HRPBAF Administration of Selection Procedure HRPBAG Vacancies HRPBAH Applicant Selection HRPBAI Find Objects for Qualifications HRPBAJ Display Report Tree Reporting selection forRecruitment: OverviewHRPBAK Print labels HRPBAL Create Activities in Bulk processing HRPBAM Variable Applicant List HRPBAN InfoSet Query (InfoSet: HR Recruitment) HRPBAP Find Objects for Qualifications (Internal Applicants) HRPBAQ Find Objects for Qualifications (External Applicants) HRPBAT Print Letters (SAPscript) HRPBAU "Change View ""Recruitment Instrument"": Overview" HRPBAV "Display View ""Recruitment Instrument"": Overview" HRPBAW Job Advertisements (Maintain) HRPBAX Job Advertisements (Display) HRPBAY Vacancies (Maintain) HRPBAZ Vacancies (Display) HRPBWW Maintain Standard Text in RTF Format (access wordprocessing)HRPC00 SAP Easy Access Payroll for all countries PYPC10 SAP Easy Access Payroll PYPC99 SAP Easy Access International Payroll PYPCA1 Create Production Campaign COPCA2 Change Production Campaign COPCA3 Display Production Campaign COSAP TRANSACTION CODES256

Page 139: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

T-Code Description ModulePCCO Production Campaign: Costs - Itemization COPCP0 Display posting runs PYPDF0 Conversion Report for Remuneration Statement Forms PYPDF7 Delete Form in Customer Client PYPDF8 Copy Form from SAP Client to Customer Client PYPDF9 Copy form within customer client PYPDFA Conversion of Payroll Journal Forms PYPDSY HR Documentation Maintenance HRPE01 Personnel Calculation Schemas PYPE02 Personnel Calculation Rules PYPE03 Maintain Features PYPE04 Maintain Functions and Operations PYPE50 HR Form Editor HRPE51 HR Form Editor PYPEPM Display Profile Matchup HRPEPP Profile Evaluation HRPEST Maintenance of Process Models PYPF02 Test Settings for Value-Based Inventory Management HRPF05 Number Range for Standard Task, Role, etc. HRPFAC Maintain Rule HRPFAL HR: ALE Distribution HR Master Data HRPFCG Acivity Group (Authorizations) HRPFCG Role Maintenance SYSPFCP Copy Report for Workflow Tasks HRPFCT Task Catalog HRPFOM Initial Screen: Assignment to SAP OrganizationalObjects (Create)HRPFOS Initial Screen: Assignment to SAP OrganizationalObjects (Display)HRPFSE Planning Tool (PFS): Start HRPFSO Display of Organizational Assignment HRPFT Maintain Task HRSAP TRANSACTION CODES257T-Code Description ModulePFTC Task: Maintain SYSPFTR Choose Standard Task Transaction HRPFTS Maintain Standard task HRPFUD User Master Data Reconciliation SYSPFWF Maintain Workflow task HRPFWS Maintain Workflow template HRPGOM PD Graphics Interface HRPIMN SAP Easy Access Human Resources InformationSystemHRPK00 SAP Easy Access Kanban PPPK01 Create Control Cycle PPPK02 Change Control Cycle PPPK03 Display Control Cycle PPPK03NR Display Control Cycle PPPK05 "Change View ""Supply Area"": Overview" PPPK05S Fast Entry Supply Area PP

Page 140: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

PK06 "Display View ""Supply Area"": Overview" PPPK10 Define Status of Kanban Board PPPK11 Kanban Plant Overview PPPK12N Kanban Board: Supply Source Overview PPPK13N Kanban Board: Demand Source Overview PPPK17 Collective Kanban Print PPPK18 Econtrol Cycle and Kanban Evaluation PPPK21 Kanban Signal PPPK22 Quantity Signal: Input PPPK23 Create Kanban PPPK41 Kanban Backflush PPPK50 Kanban Processing: Error Display PPPKBC Kanban Signal PPPKC1 SAP Easy Access Activity-Based Costing InformationSystemPPPKMC Control Cycle Maintenance: Display PPSAP TRANSACTION CODES258T-Code Description ModulePM01 Create Infotype HRPM10 Statements PYPM11 Statements: Initial Screen PYPM12 Statements: Fast data entry PYPM13 Statements: Administration PYPMEC Employee (Change) HRPMED Employee (Display) HRPMESIM Posting to Accounting: Create Posting Run PYPMMN SAP Easy Access HR Funds and Position Management HRPMSI Payroll Simulation for Persons PYPO01 Maintain Work Center HRPO01D Display Work Center HRPO02 Maintain Training Program HRPO02D Display Training Program HRPO03 Maintain Job HRPO03D Display Job HRPO04 Maintain Business Event Type HRPO04D Display Business Event Type HRPO05 Maintain Business Event HRPO05D Display Business Event HRPO06 Maintain Location HRPO06D Display Location HRPO07 Maintain Resource HRPO07D Display Resource HRPO08 Maintain External Person HRPO08D Display External Person HRPO09 Maintain Business Event Group HRPO09D Display Business Event Group HRPO10 Maintain Organizational Unit HRPO10D Display Organizational Unit HRPO11 Maintain Qualification HRSAP TRANSACTION CODES259T-Code Description ModulePO11D Display Qualification HR

Page 141: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

PO12 Maintain Resource Type HRPO12D Display Resource Type HRPO13 Maintain Position HRPO13D Display Position HRPO14 Maintain Task HRPO14D Display Task HRPO15 Maintain Company HRPO15D Display Company HRPO16 Maintain Services HRPO16D Display Service HRPO17 Maintain Requirements Profile HRPO17D Display Requirements Profile HRPO18 Maintain Resource 'Room' HRPO18D Display Resource Room HRPO19 Maintain External Instructor HRPO19D Display External Instructor HRPOF1 Pkg instruction - Create Determination Recs SDPOF2 Pkg instruction - Change Determination Recs SDPOF3 Pkg instruction - Display Determination Recs SDPOI1 Selection of master data to be sent for PFS HRPOIL Monitor receipt of data changes HRPOIM Select Master Data for Transfer HRPOIT Select Transaction Data for Transfer HRPOIU Start POI Data Upload HRPOP1 Create Packing Instruction SDPOP2 Change Packing Instruction SDPOP5 Report that outputs all condition records for packaginginstructionsSDPP01 Maintain object HRPP02 Maintain Plan Data: Expert Mode HRPP03 Maintain Plan Data: Execute Actions HRSAP TRANSACTION CODES260T-Code Description ModulePP05 Number Ranges for Personnel Planning HRPP06 Number of Additional Relationship Data HRPP23 Personnel Cost Planning: Change Scenario Group'sPasswordHRPP26 Plan scenario administration HRPP27 Releasing a plan scenario for Controlling HRPP28 Planning Basis Projected Pay HRPP29 Change Scenario Group HRPP2B Planning Basis Basic Pay HRPP2D Personnel Cost Planning; Delete Payroll Results PYPP2P Planning Basis Payroll Results PYPP30 Room Reservations HRPP32 Services (Room Reservations) HRPP40 Business Event Notifications HRPP61 Shift Plan: Entry Screen (Change) HRPP62 Requirements Display: Entry Screen HRPP63 Requirements Change: Entry Screen HRPP64 Choose plan version (Shift Planning) HRPP65 Simple maintenance (Entry Objects) HR

Page 142: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

PP6A Display Personal Shift Plan HRPP6B Display attendance list HRPP70 SAP Easy Access Organizational Management HRPP72 SAP Easy Access Time Management: Shift Planning HRPP74 SAP Easy Access Personnel Cost Planning HRPP7S SAP Easy Access Organizational Management HRPP90 Set Up Organization HRPPCI Create infotype HRPPCJ Create infotype HRPPCO Organisational Management: Maintain OrganizationalPlanHRPPCP Career Planning HRPPCT Task Catalog HRSAP TRANSACTION CODES261T-Code Description ModulePPEM Planning for Organizational Unit HRPPIS HIS: Access Object HRPPLB Evaluate Careers HRPPME Initial Screen Matrix (Change) HRPPMM SAP Easy Access Personnel Planning HRPPMS Initial Screen Matrix (Display) HRPPO1 Account Assignment / Change HRPPO2 Account Assignment / Display HRPPO3 Reporting Structure / Change HRPPO4 Display Reporting Structure HRPPO5 Attributes of Organizational Units and Positions /ChangeHRPPO6 Attributes of Organizational Units and Positions /DisplayHRPPOC Organizational and Staffing (Workflow) Create HRPPOM Organizational and Staffing (Workflow) Change HRPPOMA Attributes in Organizational Management Change HRPPOME Organization and Staffing Change HRPPOS Organization and Staffing Display (Organizational Unit) HRPPOSE Organization and Staffing Display (Organization andStaffing)HRPPPE SAP Easy Access Personnel Development HRPPPM User: Change Profile HRPPQ1 Find Objects for Qualifications HRPPQ2 Find Objects for Requirements HRPPQD Catalog: Display Qualification(s) HRPPRP Reporting: Personnel Development HRPPSC Create Structure HRPPSM Change Structure HRPPSP Succession Planning HRPPSS Display Structure HRPPST Structure Display/Maintenance HRSAP TRANSACTION CODES262T-Code Description Module

Page 143: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

PPUP Settings for Personnel Development HRPQ01 Actions for Work Center HRPQ02 Actions for Training Program HRPQ03 Actions for Job HRPQ04 Actions for Business Event Type HRPQ06 Actions for Location HRPQ07 Actions for Resource HRPQ08 Actions for External Person HRPQ09 Actions for Business Event Group HRPQ10 Actions for Organizational Unit HRPQ12 Actions for Resource Type HRPQ13 Actions for Position HRPQ14 Actions for Task HRPQ15 Actions for Company HRPQ17 Actions for Requirement Profiles HRPQ18 Actions for Resource Room HRPQ19 Actions for External Instructor HRPQAH InfoSet Query (InfoSet: HR Personnel Administration) HRPR00 SAP Easy Access Travel Expenses HRPR02 Travel Calendar: Domestic Trips HRPR03 Trip Advances HRPR04 Overview of Weekly Reports HRPR05 Travel Expense Manager HRPR10 Number ranges for trip numbers HRPR11 Days Carried FI/CO: Travel Expenses PostingDocumentsHRPRAA Create/Change/Block Vendor Master Records from HRMaster RecordsHRPRAP Approval of Trips HRPRC2 "Change View ""Screen Modification for AccountAssignment Block"": Overview"PYSAP TRANSACTION CODES263T-Code Description ModulePRC7 "Change View ""Screen Modification for AccountAssignment Block"": Overview"PYPRCC Import of Credit Card Data (Credit Card Clearing) HRPRCD Delete/Restore Trip Country Data HRPRCU International Payment Medium - Check (with checkmanagement)PYPRD1 Payment Medium USA - Transfers/Bank Direct Debitsin ACH FormatsPYPRDE Delete Trip Provision Variant PYPRDH Determination of Employees with Exceeded Trip Days PYPRDX Data Medium Exchange: Travel Expenses (USA) PYPREC Settlement of Trip Data HRPREX Create expense report PYPRF0 Standard Travel Expense Form PYPRF1 Summarized Form 1 for Travel Expenses PY

Page 144: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

PRF2 Summarized Form 2 for Travel Expenses Accounting PYPRFI Create Posting Run PYPRFW Income-Relatedl.Expenses Statement PYPRHD Delimitation of Per-Diem/Maximum Rates for Meals PYPRHH Generation of Scaled Meals Rates According to Times PYPRHP Generation of Scaled Meals Rates According to Times PYPRICAT Initial screen: Price Catalog Maintenance SDPRMD Maintain HR Master Data HRPRML Change Country Grouping HRPRMM Personnel Actions HRPRMS Display HR Master Data HRPRMT Update of Trip Costs Matchcode HRPRPD Delimitation of Per-Diem/Maximum Rates for Meals HRPRPY Transfer Travel Expenses to Separate Payroll System PYPRRQ Create Travel Request PYPRRW Posting Run Management PYPRST Travel Expense Reporting by Period PYSAP TRANSACTION CODES264T-Code Description ModulePRTE Trip Details PYPRTS Overview of Trips PYPS03 SAP Easy Access Project Planning HRPS04 SAP Easy Access Project Budgeting HRPSC0 Set Plan Version HRPSO0 Set Plan Version (Organizational Management) HRPSO1 Set Aspect (Organizational Management) HRPSO3 Display and Maintain Infotypes HRPSO4 Maintain Infotype HRPSOA Work Center Reporting HRPSOC Job Reporting HRPSOG Lists HRPSOO Organizational Unit Reporting HRPSOS Position Reporting HRPSOT Task Reporting HRPSSD Loans - Borrower's Notes Customizing Check ReportFlow TypesHRPSV0 Change / Display Resources HRPSV1 Dynamic Attendance Menu HRPSV2 Dynamic Business Event Menu HRPSV3 Dynamic Information Menu HRPSV4 Set Plan Version HRPSV5 Information menu: participation HRPSV6 Information menu: business events HRPSV7 Information menu: resources HRPSV8 Maintain objects for internal courses (CreateParticipant/Attendee)HRPSV9 Maintain objects for external courses (Change/DisplayParticipant/Attendee)HRPSVA Set Aspect HRPSVC Current Settings HRPSVL Set Business Event Language HR

Page 145: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

SAP TRANSACTION CODES265T-Code Description ModulePSVO Change / display organizer HRPSVP Dynamic Planning Menu HRPSVR Resource Menu HRPSVT Dynamic Tool Menu HRPT00 SAP Easy Access Time Management: Time DataAdministrationHRPT01 Create Work Schedule HRPT02 Change Work Schedule HRPT03 Display Work Schedule HRPT10 Number range for person time document number HRPT11 Number range for person time quotas HRPT12 HR: Posting documents for days carried: CostallocationHRPT40 Time Management Pool HRPT41 HR-PDC/CC1: Communication Parameters HRPT42 Transfer HR Master Data to PDC Subsystems HRPT43 Transfer Master Data to PDC Subsystems HRPT44 Upload request HRPT45 HR-PDC: Post personnel time events HRPT46 Post Work Time Events from PP-PDC HRPT50 Quota Overview HRPT60 Time Evaluation for Concurrent Employment HRPT61 Time Statement Form HRPT62 Attendance Check HRPT63 Personal Work Schedule HRPT64 Attendance/Absence Data: Overview HRPT65 Overview Graphic of Attendances/Absences HRPT66 Display Time Evaluation Results (Cluster B2) HRPT67 PDC Time Evaluation: Supply Third-Party PayrollSystemPYPT68 Transfer Additional Data for Activity Allocation toAccountingHRSAP TRANSACTION CODES266T-Code Description ModulePT69 Time Recording for Multiple Persons and Infotypes HRPT70 Display Report Tree Time Management report selection:OverviewHRPT71 Display Report Tree Time Management tool selection:OverviewHRPT90 Attendance/Absence Data: Calendar View HRPT91 Attendances/Absences: Multiple Employee View HRPTE1 Create Batch Input Session for Employee Expenditures HRPTE2 Batch Input: Process sessions in batch HRPTE3 Reorganize Table TEXLGA (Employee Expenditures) HRPTMW Time Manager's Workplace HR

Page 146: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

PU00 Delete Personnel Data PYPU01 Delete current payroll result PYPU03 Change Payroll Status PYPU11 Supplementary Pension (PSG) - Initial Access PYPU12 Interface Toolbox PYPU19 Tax Reporter PYPU22 Archiving Payroll Data PYPU30 Wage Type Maintenance PYPU90 Delete applicant data HRPU95 Edit Wage Type Groups and Logical Views PYPU96 Edit Wage Type Groups PYPU97 Edit Logical Views PYPU98 Assign Wage Types to Wage Type Groups PYPUC0 HR-CH: Assign/delete employee attributes HRPUCG Reference copier for pension funds HRPUCK Organizational object HR-CH: Pension funds HRPUCV Organizational object Business area HRPUCW Task: Maintain HRPUOCBA Subsequent Processes of Off-Cycle Activities HRPUOCLL Bank transfer reversed or replaced by check PYPUST HR Process Workbench HRSAP TRANSACTION CODES267T-Code Description ModulePUU1 BSI test tool 5.0 HRPV00 Book Attendance: Data HRPV01 Rebook Attendance HRPV02 Prebook Attendance: Data HRPV03 Replace Attendance HRPV04 Cancel Attendance HRPV05 Book Attendee List HRPV06 Prebooking List per Business Event Type HRPV07 Book Attendee List HRPV08 Book List: Business Events HRPV09 Plan Business Events HRPV10 Create Business Event with Resources HRPV11 Create Business Event without Resources HRPV12 Firmly Book / Cancel Business Event HRPV14 Lock / Unlock Business Event HRPV15 Follow Up Business Event HRPV16 Prebooking List per Attendee HRPV17 Billing Business Events HRPV18 Internal Activity Allocation for Attendees HRPV1A Change Business Event HRPV1B Display Business Event HRPV1C Business Event Cost Calculation and Cost Transfer toCOHRPV1D Calculate Business Event Prices and Transfer toInfotype 1021 'Price'HRPV26 Book List: Business Events HRPV34 Attendee Appraisal HRPVB0 Budgeting (Business Event Budget) HRPVB1 Create Budget Structure HR

Page 147: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

PVB2 Display Budget Structure HRPVB3 Change Budget Structure HRPVBA Budget Comparison HRSAP TRANSACTION CODES268T-Code Description ModulePVBB Display Development Plan Catalog HRPVCT Training and Event Management: Master Data Catalog HRPVD0 Business event type HRPVF0 Location (Create/Change) HRPVF1 Location: Initial Screen (Room Reservations) HRPVG0 Resource (Create/Change) HRPVG1 Room (Create/Change) HRPVG2 Lock/Unlock Resource HRPVG3 Room: Initial Screen (Room Reservations) HRPVH0 External person (Create/Change) HRPVH1 External instructor (Create/Change) HRPVH2 External person: Initial Screen (Room Reservations) HRPVL0 Business event group (Create/Change) HRPVMN SAP Easy Access Training and Event Management HRPVR0 Resource type (Create/Change) HRPVR1 Resource type: Initial Screen (Room Reservations) HRPVU0 Company (Create/Change) HRPVU1 Company: Initial Screen (Room Reservations) HRPVV0 Service (Create/Change) HRPW00 SAP Easy Access Incentive Wages PYPW01 Maintain Incentive Wages PYPW02 Display Incentive Wages PYPW03 Record Incentive Wages PYPW41 Integration with Logistics: Read Interface File andGenerate SessionPYPW42 Batch Input: Session Overview PYPW43 Integration with Logistics: Reorganize Interface File PYPW61 Time Leveling PYPW62 Working Times of Time - and Incentive Wage Earners PYPW63 Reassignment Proposals for Wage Groups PYPW70 Recalculate Results and Cumulations for IndividualIncentive WagesPYSAP TRANSACTION CODES269T-Code Description ModulePW71 Recalculate Results and Cumulations for GroupIncentive WagesPYPW91 Incentive Wages: Parameters PYPW92 User Exits PYPW93 Validation for Group Incentive Wages PYPW94 Logistics Integration Parameters PYQ000 SAP Easy Access Quality Management QMQA00 SAP Easy Access Quality Inspection QMQA01A Create Inspection Lot Manually QMQA02A Change Inspection Lot QMQA03 Display Inspection Lot QM

Page 148: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

QA05 Recurring insp. job planning: Variants QMQA07 Deadline Monitoring of Batches QMQA08 Mass Change of QM Inspection Setup Data in MaterialsQMQA09 QM inspection lot QMQA10 Lot Selection for Automatic Usage Decision QMQA10L Log for Automatic Usage Decision QMQA11 Record Usage Decision QMQA12 Change Usage Decision QMQA13 Display Usage Decision QMQA14 Change Usage Decision without History QMQA16 Collective Usage Decision for OK Lots QMQA17 Job planning for automatic UD: Variants QMQA18 Job overview (Automatic Usage Decision) QMQA19 Lot Selection for Automatic Usage Decision QMQA22 Change Inspection Point: Initial QMQA23 Display Inspection Point Quantities QMQA32 Inspection Lot Selection QMQA33 Inspection Lot Selection QMQA40 Complete Production Inspection Lots/Lots for PMOrdersQMSAP TRANSACTION CODES270T-Code Description ModuleQA40L Log for Automatic Usage Decision (Orders) QMQA41 UD prod. lots: job planning: Variants QMQA42 Job Overview (Automatic Usage Decision - Orders) QMQA51 Source inspection: job planning: Variants QMQA52 Job Overview (Source Inspection) QMQAC1 Correct Actual Quantity in Insp. Lot QMQAC2 Transfer Insp. Lot Quant. (PlntToPlnt, StorLoc to StorLoc) QMQAC3 Insp. Lot - Reset Sample Calculation QMQAS1 Download inspection specifications QMQAS2 Download Basic Data QMQAS3 Upload Inspection Results QMQAS4 Upload Usage Decision QMQC01 Create Certificate Profile QMQC02 Change Certificate Profile QMQC03 Display Certificate Profile QMQC06 Deletion of Unused Certificate Profiles QMQC11 Create Certificate Profile Assignment QMQC12 Change Certificate Profile Assignment QMQC13 Display Certificate Profile Assignment QMQC20 Qualtiy Certificates for Deliveries QMQC21 Quality Certificate for the Inspection Lot QMQC22 Quality Certificate for Batch QMQC31 Archive Display Quality Certificate for a Delivery Item QMQC32 Archive Display Quality Certificate for an Inspection Lot QMQC51 Create Quality Certificate Receipt QMQC52 Change Quality Certificate QMQC53 Display Quality Certificate QMQC55 QM Worklist: Quality Certificates in Procurement QMQCE2 "Change View ""Partner setting for quality data exchange"":Overview"

Page 149: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

QMQCE3 "Display View ""Partner setting for quality dataexchange"": Overview"QMSAP TRANSACTION CODES271T-Code Description ModuleQCYF Copy Forms Between Clients QMQCYT Copy Texts Between Clients QMQD33 Deletion Program for Quality Levels where DeletionDate ExceededQMQD34 Delete Q-level job planning: Variants QMQD35 Jobs for Deleting Quality Level QMQDB1 "Change View ""Allwd. Relationships: SamplingProcedures/Dynamic Mod. Rule)""QMQDB3 "Display View ""Allwd. Relationships: SamplingProcedures/Dynamic Mod. Rule)""QMQDH1 Q-level Evaluation: Select Quality Levels (Edit) QMQDH2 Q-level Evaluation: Select Quality Levels (Display) QMQDL1 Create Quality Level QMQDL2 Change Quality Level QMQDL3 Display Quality Level QMQDP1 Create Sampling Scheme QMQDP2 Change Sampling Scheme QMQDP3 Display Sampling Scheme QMQDR1 Create Dynamic Modification Rule QMQDR2 Change Dynamic Modification Rule QMQDR3 Display Dynamic Modification Rule QMQDR6 Dynamic Modification Rule Where-Used List QMQDR7 Replace Dynamic Modification Rule QMQDV1 Create Sampling Procedure QMQDV2 Change Sampling Procedure QMQDV3 Display Sampling Procedure QMQDV6 Sampling Procedure Where-Used List QMQDV7 Replace Sampling Procedure QMQE00 SAP Easy Access Quality Planning QMQE01 Record Results (Characteristic) QMQE02 Change Results (Characteristic) QMQE03 Display Results (Characteristic) QMSAP TRANSACTION CODES272T-Code Description ModuleQE04 Record Sample Results QMQE05 Change Sample Results QMQE06 Display Sample Results QMQE09 Display Individual Result QMQE11 Record Results for Inspection Point QMQE12 Change Results for Inspection Point QMQE13 Display Results for Inspection Point QMQE14 Record Results for Delivery Note QMQE15 Change Results for Delivery Note QMQE16 Display Results for Delivery Note QM

Page 150: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

QE17 Record Equipment Results QMQE18 Change Results for Equipment QMQE19 Display results for equipment QMQE20 Record Results for Functional Location QMQE21 Change Results for Functional Location QMQE22 Display Results for Functional Location QMQE23 Record Physical Sample Results QMQE24 Change Physical Sample Results QMQE25 Display Physical Sample Results QMQE51N Results Recording Worklist QMQE52 Results Recording Worklist for Physical Samples QMQE53 Results Recording Worklist for Eqquipment QMQE54 Results Recording Worklist for Functional Locations QMQE71 Selection: Tabular Results Recording for InspectionPointsQMQE72 Selection: Tabular Results Recording for InspectionLotsQMQE73 Selection: Tabular Results Recording for a Characteristic QMQEH1 Mobile Results Recording Worklist - Selection QMQEI1 Analyze Application Log QMQEI2 Deleting the Application Log for the QM-IDI Interface QMQF01 Record Defects QMSAP TRANSACTION CODES273T-Code Description ModuleQF02 Change Defects QMQF03 Display Defects QMQF11 Record Defects for Inspection Lot QMQF21 Record Defects for Operation QMQF31 Record Defects for Characteristic QMQG09 Quality control chart QMQGA1 Time Line Representation of Quality Scores QMQGA2 Display Inspection Results QMQGA3 Results Printout QMQGC1 Quality Control Charts for Inspection Lots QMQGC2 Control Charts for Task List Characteristic QMQGC3 Control Charts for a Master Inspection Characteristic QMQGD1 Test Equipment Usage List: Equipment Selection QMQGD2 Test Equipment Tracking QMQGP1 Inspection Results for TList Charac. (History forInspection Characteristic)QMQGP2 Inspection Results for TList Charac. (Calibration ResultsHistory)QMQI01 Create Q-Info Record QMQI02 Change Q-Info Record QMQI03 Display Q-Info Record QMQI04 QM procurement key: material: Variants QMQI05 Mass maintenance QM procurement key QMQI06 QM Releases: Mass maintenance QMQI07 Worklist of Source Inspections QMQI08 Job Overview (Control Keys for Procurement) QM

Page 151: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

QK01 Create and Assign QM Orders to Materials QMQK02 Overview of QM Order Usage in Material Master QMQK04 Creation of QM Orders QMQK05 Confirmed Activities for the Inspection Lot QMQL11 Send Inspection Setup QMQL21 Send Master Inspection Characteristics QMSAP TRANSACTION CODES274T-Code Description ModuleQL31 Send Inspection Method QMQL41 Send Code Groups QMQM00 SAP Easy Access Quality Notifications QMQM01 Create Notification (Quality) QMQM02 Change Notification (Quality) QMQM03 Display Notification (Quality) QMQM10 Change list of quality notifications: Selection ofNotificationsQMQM11 Display List of Qual. Notifications: Selection ofNotificationsQMQM12 Change list of tasks: Selection of Notifications QMQM13 Display list of tasks: Selection of Notifications QMQM14 Change list of items: Selection of Notifications QMQM15 Display list of items: Selection of Notifications QMQM16 Change activity list: Selection of Notifications QMQM17 Display activity list: Selection of Notifications QMQM19 Notification List (Multi-Level): Notification Selection QMQM50 Time line display of quality notifications QMQP01 Create Inspection Plan QMQP02 Change Inspection Plan QMQP03 Display Inspection Plan QMQP05 Print list for task list QMQP06 Missing/Non-unusable Inspection Plans QMQP07 Missing/Unusable Goods Receipt Inspection Plans QMQP08 Print list: Task list for material QMQP11 Create Reference Operation Set QMQP12 Change Reference Operation Set QMQP13 Display Reference Operation Set QMQP48 Number range for physical samples QMQP49 This No. Documents the Withdrawal of PhysicalSamplesQMQP60 Task List Changes QMSAP TRANSACTION CODES275T-Code Description ModuleQP61 Display Change Documents for an Inspection PlanGroupQMQP62 Display Change Documents for Reference OperationSet GroupQMQPNQ Number Ranges Object Maintenance QMQPR1 Create Physical Sample QM

Page 152: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

QPR2 Change Physical Sample QMQPR3 Display Physical Sample QMQPR4 Process Physical-Sample Drawing QMQPR5 Create Inspection Lots for Physical Samples QMQPR6 Create New Physical-Sample Drawing with Reference QMQPR7 Storage Data Maintenance QMQPV2 "Change View ""Sample-drawing procedure"": Overview"QMQPV3 "Display View ""Sample-drawing procedure"": Overview"QMQS21 Create Master Inspection Characteristic QMQS22 Create Master Insp. Characteristic Version QMQS23 Change Master Insp. Characteristic Version QMQS24 Display Master Insp. Characteristic Version QMQS25 Delete Master Insp. Characteristic Version QMQS26 Master Inspection Charac. Where-Used List QMQS27 Replace Master Inspection Characteristic QMQS28 Display Master Inspection Characteristics QMQS29 Master - inspection characteristics in QSS QMQS31 Create Inspection Method QMQS32 Create Inspection Method Version QMQS33 Change Inspection Method Version QMQS34 Display Inspection Method Version QMQS35 Delete Inspection Method Version QMQS36 Display Inspection Method in Task List QMQS37 Replace Inspection Method in Task List QMSAP TRANSACTION CODES276T-Code Description ModuleQS38 Display Inspection Method List QMQS39 QM test methods QMQS41 Edit Catalog QMQS42 Display Catalog QMQS43 Edit Catalog (Individual Maintenance) QMQS44 Edit Catalog (Group Code) QMQS45 Display Catalog (Group Code) QMQS46 Display Code Group in Task List QMQS47 Replace Code Group in Task List QMQS48 Code groups: Check usage indicator QMQS49 Display Code Group Index QMQS51 Edit Selected Set QMQS52 Display selected sets QMQS58 Selected sets: Check usage indicator QMQS59 Display Selected Set Index QMQS61 Maintain Material Specification QMQS62 Display Material Specification QMQS63 Maintain Material Specification (TLists) QMQS65 Activate Material Specification QMQS66 Activate material spec.: Variants QMQSR6 Delete Task Lists Without Archiving QMQST04 Selection: Display of Packages Used in InspectionPlansQM

Page 153: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

QST06 Scheduling Overview for Stability Studies (List) QMQST07 Change Testing Schedule Items QMQST08 Display Testing Schedule Items QMQTSA Transfer: Product Allocation Quantities to APO QMQTSP Transfer: Customizing Settings to APO QMQV51 Create QM Control Data in SD QMQV52 Change QM Control Data in SD QMQV53 Display QM Control Data in SD QMQVM1 Inspection Lots Without Inspection Completion QMSAP TRANSACTION CODES277T-Code Description ModuleQVM2 Inspection Lots with Outstanding Quantities QMQVM3 Inspection Lots without Usage Decision QMRSA1 Modeling - DW Workbench BWRSA11 DW Workbench: InfoProvider Tree BWRSA12 DW Workbench: InfoSource Tree BWRSA13 DW Workbench: Source System Tree BWRSA14 DW Workbench: InfoObject Tree BWRSA15 DW Workbench: DataSource Tree BWRSA16 RSA16 - Calling up AWB with Favorites BWRSA17 RSA17 - Call up the AWB Find Option BWRSA18 RSA18 - Calling up the AWB with the Open Hub (InfoSpoke) TreeBWRSA2 OLTP Metadata Repository BWRSA3 Extractor Checker BWRSA5 Install Business Content BWRSA6 Maintain DataSources BWRSA7 BW Delta Queue Monitor BWRSA8 DataSource Repository BWRSA9 Transfer Application Components BWRSBBS Maintaining BW Sender-Receiver BWRSCUSTA Maintain BW Settings BWRSCUSTA2 ODS Settings BWRSCUSTV1 "Change View ""BW: Settings for Flat Files"": Details" BWRSCUSTV10 "Change View ""URL Creation by the Server"": Details"BWRSCUSTV11 "Change View ""Standard Web Templates"": Details" BWRSCUSTV12 "Change View ""Settings - Microsoft AnalysisServices"": Details"BWRSCUSTV13 "Change View ""Drag&Relate Settings"": Details" BWRSCUSTV14 "Change View ""OLAP: Cache Parameters"": Details" BWRSCUSTV15 "Change View ""Web Protocol for BW Reporting URLsCreated by Server""BWSAP TRANSACTION CODES278T-Code Description ModuleRSCUSTV16 "Change View ""Authorization Settings"": Details" BWRSCUSTV17 "Change View ""Settings for Currency Translations"": Details"BWRSCUSTV18 "Change View ""DB Connect Settings"": Details" BW

Page 154: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

RSCUSTV19 "Change View ""Settings for InfoSets"": Details" BWRSCUSTV2 "Change View ""BW: Monitor Waiting Time"": Details" BWRSCUSTV3 "Change View ""BW: User in SS for ALE Communication"":Details"BWRSCUSTV4 "Change View ""BEx Values"": Details" BWRSCUSTV5 "Change View ""BW: Currency Conversion for ExternalSystems"": Details"BWRSCUSTV6 "Change View ""BW: Threshold Value for DataLoading"": Details"BWRSCUSTV7 "Change View ""BW: Basic Settings"": Details " BWRSCUSTV8 "Change View ""BW: Parameter for Aggregates(Structure, Change Run)"": Details"BWRSCUSTV9 "Change View ""BW: Posting Mode for Master Data"": Details"BWRSD1 Characteristic maintenance BWRSD2 Maintenance of key figures BWRSD3 Maintenance of units BWRSD4 Maintenance of time characteristics BWRSD5 Edit InfoObjects: Start BWRSDCUBE Start: InfoCube editing BWRSDCUBED Start: InfoCube editing BWRSDCUBEM Start: InfoCube editing BWRSDDV Maintaining Aggregates/BIA Index BWRSDIOBC Start: InfoObject catalog editing BWRSDIOBCD Start: InfoObject catalog editing BWRSDIOBCM Start: InfoObject catalog editing BWRSDL DB Connect - Test Program BWRSDMD Master Data Maintenance w. Prev. Sel. BWRSDMD_TEST Master Data Test BWSAP TRANSACTION CODES279T-Code Description ModuleRSDMPRO Initial Screen: MultiProvider Proc. BWRSDMPROD Initial Screen: MultiProvider Proc. BWRSDMPROM Initial Screen: MultiProvider Proc. BWRSDMWB Datamining Workbnch BWRSDODS Initial Screen: ODS Object Processng BWRSDS Data Source BWRSECADMIN Management of Analysis Authorizations BWRSIMPCUR Load Exchange Rates from File BWRSINPUT Manual Data Entry BWRSISET Maintain InfoSets BWRSKC Maintaining the Permittd Extra Chars BWRSLGMP Maintain RSLOGSYSMAP BWRSMO Data Load Monitor Start BWRSMON Administration - DW Workbench BWRSOR BW Metadata Repository BWRSORBCT BI Business Content Transfer BWRSORMDR BW Metadata Repository BWRSPC Process Chain Maintenance BW

Page 155: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

RSPC1 Process Chain Display BWRSPCM Monitor daily process chains BWRSRCACHE OLAP: Cache Monitor BWRSRT Start of the report monitor BWRSRT1 Start of the Report Monitor BWRSRT2 Start of the Report Monitor BWRSRTRACE Set trace configuration BWRSRTRACETEST Trace tool configuration BWRSRV Analysis and Repair of BW Objects BWRWBE Stock Overview IMRZ01 Job Scheduling Monitor SYSRZ03 CCMS Control Panel: Display Server Statuses andAlertsSYSRZ04 CCMS: Maintain Operation Modes and Instances SYSSAP TRANSACTION CODES280T-Code Description ModuleRZ10 Maintain Profile Parameters SYSRZ11 Profile Parameter Maintenance SYSRZ12 CCMS: RFC Server Group Maintenance SYSRZ20 CCMS Monitor Sets - Maintenance functions OFF SYSRZ21 Monitoring: Properties and Methods SYSRZ70 System Landscape Directory: Local Administration SYSS000 SAP Easy Access SYSS001 SAP Easy Access ABAP Workbench SYSS002 SAP Easy Access System Administration SYSSA38 ABAP: Program Execution SYSSAINT Add-On Installation Tool SYSSALE Display ALE Customizing SYSSARA Archive Administration SYSSARI Archive Information System: Central management SYSSARP Report Tree SYSSB01 Internal Application Component Hierarchy Maintenance SYSSBWP SAP Business Workplace SYSSC38 Cross-system Program Execution SYSSCAT Computer Aided Test Tool SYSSCC1 Copy by Transaport Request SYSSCC3 Client Copy/Transport Log Analysis SYSSCC4 Client administration SYSSCC5 Delete Client SYSSCC7 Post-Client Import Methods SYSSCC8 Client Export SYSSCC9 Remote Client Copy SYSSCCL Local Client Copy SYSSCDO Change Document Objects: Overview SYSSCMP View/Table Comparison SYSSCON SAPconnect: Administration (system status) SYSSCU0 Customizing Cross-System Viewer SYSSAP TRANSACTION CODES281T-Code Description ModuleSCU3 Analysis of Changed Customizing Objects and Tables SYSSCUA Display System Landscape SYSSCUG Transfer Users SYS

Page 156: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

SCUM Central User Administration SYSSD11 Data Modeler SYSSDBE Input SQL statement SYSSE01 Transport Organizer SYSSE03 Transport Organizer Tools SYSSE06 Post-Installation Actions for Transport Organizer SYSSE07 Import Monitor of SE1 SYSSE09 Transport Organizer SYSSE10 Transport Organizer SYSSE11 ABAP Dictionary SYSSE13 Dictionary: Technical Settings SYSSE14 ABAP Dictionary: Database Utility SYSSE15 ABAP/4 Repository Information System SYSSE16 Data Browser SYSSE16N General Table Display SYSSE17 General Table Display SYSSE18 Add-Ins: Definitions BWSE19 Business Add-Ins: Implementations BWSE21 Package Builder BWSE24 Class Builder BWSE30 ABAP Runtime Analysis SYSSE32 ABAP Text Elements Maintenance SYSSE33 Context Builder SYSSE35 Maintain Dialog Modules SYSSE36 Logical Database Builder SYSSE37 Function Builder SYSSE38 ABAP Editor SYSSE39 ABAP Splitscreen Editor SYSSAP TRANSACTION CODES282T-Code Description ModuleSE40 Menu Painter Standards Maintenance SYSSE41 Menu Painter SYSSE43N Area Menu Maintenance SYSSE51 Screen Painter SYSSE54 Generate Table Maintenance Dialog: Initial Table/ViewScreenSYSSE55 Generate Table Maintenance Dialog: Initial Table/ViewScreenSYSSE56 Generate Table Maintenance Dialog: Initial Table/ViewScreenSYSSE57 Generate Table Maintenance Dialog: Initial Table/ViewScreenSYSSE61 Document Mainentance SYSSE62 Short Text Conversion - Activation SYSSE63 Initial Screen: Standard Translation Environment SYSSE71 Form Painter: Request SYSSE72 Style: Request SYSSE73 SAPscript Font Maintenance SYSSE74 SAPscript format conversion SYSSE75 SAPscript Settings SYS

Page 157: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

SE76 SAPscript Form Translation SYSSE77 SAPscript Style Conversion SYSSE78 Administration of Form Graphics SYSSE80 Object Navigator SYSSE81 Application Hierarchy: Display SYSSE82 Application Hierarchy: Display SYSSE84 Repository Information System SYSSE85 ABAP/4 Repository Information System SYSSE89 R/3 Repository Information System: Maintain TreeDisplaySYSSE91 Message Maintenance SYSSE92 System Log Message Maint.: Access SYSSE93 Maintain Transaction SYSSAP TRANSACTION CODES283T-Code Description ModuleSE94 Simulation: Customer enhancement to SE38 SYSSE95 Modification Browser: Object selection SYSSECR Audit Information System SYSSEPS Electronic Parcel Service SYSSERP Report Tree SYSSF01 "Change View ""Logical File Names, Client-Specific"": Overview"SYSSFAW Field Selection Maintenance SYSSHDB Transaction Recorder: Recording Overview SYSSICF Maintain Services SYSSICK SAP Initial Consistency Check SYSSIN1 Business Workplace SYSSINA Maintain Standard Configurations SYSSLG0 Application Log: Object Maintenance SYSSLG1 Analyze Application Log SYSSLG2 Application log: Delete Expired Logs SYSSLIN ABAP Program Extended Syntax Check SYSSM01 Lock Transactions SYSSM02 System Messages SYSSM04 User List SYSSM12 Display and Delete Locks SYSSM13 Update Requests SYSSM14 Update Program Administration SYSSM21 System Log: Local Analysis SYSSM28 SAP Initial Consistency Check SYSSM29 Tables - Model Transfer SYSSM30 Maintain Table Views SYSSM31 Maintain Table Views SYSSM32 Maintain Table Parameter ID TAB SYSSM33 Display Table Parameter ID TAB SYSSM34 View Cluster Maintenance SYSSM35 Batch Input: Session Overview SYSSAP TRANSACTION CODES284T-Code Description ModuleSM36 Define Background Job SYSSM37 Simple Job Selection SYS

Page 158: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

SM38 Queue: Initial Screen SYSSM49 External Operating System Commands SYSSM50 Process Overview SYSSM51 List of SAP Systems SYSSM54 Maintain Table TXCOM SYSSM55 THOST Table Maintenance SYSSM56 Number Range Buffer SYSSM58 Transactional RFC SYSSM59 Configuration of RFC Connections SYSSM61 Backgroup control objects monitor SYSSM62 Event History: Overview SYSSM63 Display/Maintain Operation Mode Set SYSSM64 Background Events: Overview and Administration SYSSM65 Analysis Tool - Background Processing (Simple Tests) SYSSM66 Global Work Process Overview SYSSM69 External Operating System Commands SYSSMGW Gateway Monitor SYSSMICM ICM Monitor SYSSMLG CCMS: Maintain Logon Groups SYSSMLT Language Management SYSSMOD SAP Enhancements SYSSMQ1 qRFC Monitor (Outbound Queue) SYSSMQ2 qRFC Monitor (Inbound Queue) SYSSMQR qRFC Monitor (QIN Scheduler) SYSSMT1 Display and Maintain Trusted Systems SYSSMT2 Display and Maintain Trusting Systems SYSSMW0 SAP Web Repository SYSSMX Job Overview SYSSNRO Number Range Object Maintenance SYSSAP TRANSACTION CODES285T-Code Description ModuleSO95 Search Interafce: Request SYSSO99 Find Release Notes SYSSOA0 "Change View ""Workflow Document Types"": Overview"SYSSOBJ View Cluster Maintenance SYSSOLE "Display View ""Maintenance view for OLEapplications"": Overview"SYSSOPE "Change View ""Exclusion of Specific FileExtensions"": Overview"SYSSOST SAPconnect : Transmission Requests SYSSP00 SAP Easy Access: Spool and Related Areas SYSSP01 Output controller: Spool request selection screen SYSSP02 Output Controller: List of Spool Requests SYSSP11 TemSe: Request Screen SYSSP12 TemSe - Administration of Temporary Sequential Data SYSSPAD Spool Administration SYSSPAM Support Package Manager SYSSPAU Modification Adjustment: Object Selection SYSSPDD Modification Adjustment Directory: Object Selection SYSSPHA SAPphone Administration SYS

Page 159: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

SPRO Customizing SYSSQ01 SAP Query: Maintain queries SYSSQ02 SAP Query: Maintain InfoSet SYSSQ07 Language Comparison of SAP Query Objects SYSSQVI QuickViewer SYSSRZL SAP Easy Access Test SYSSSAA R/3 - Administrative Activities SYSSSCA Appointment Calendar: Administration forAuthorizationsSYSST01 System Trace SYSST02 Tune Summary SYSST03 Workload Monitor SYSSAP TRANSACTION CODES286T-Code Description ModuleST04 DBA Cockpit: System Configuration Maintenance SYSST05 Performance Analysis SYSST06 Local / Operating System Monitor SYSST07 Application Monitor: user Distribution SYSST10 Table Call Statistics SYSST11 Error Log Files (Display Developer Traces) SYSST12 Single transaction analysis SYSST14 Application analysis SYSST22 ABAP Runtime Error SYSST62 Short Texts Conversion - Preparation SYSSTMS Transport Management System SYSSTUN SAP Easy Access Performance Monitoring SYSSTZAC "Change View ""Customizing time zones"": Details" SYSSTZAD "Display View ""Customizing time zones"": Details" SYSSU01 User Maintenance SYSSU01D User Maintenance SYSSU02 Maintain Authorization Profiles SYSSU03 Maintain Authorizations SYSSU05 Maintain Internet Users SYSSU10 User Mass Maintenance SYSSU12 Mass Changes to User Master Records SYSSU20 Maintain Authorization Fields SYSSU21 Maintain Authorization Objects SYSSU22 Auth. Object Usage in Transactions SYSSU24 Auth. Obj. Check Under Transactions SYSSU25 Upgrade Tool for Profile Generator SYSSU26 Upgrade Tool for Profile Generator SYSSU52 Maintain User Profile SYSSU53 Display Authorization Data for User SYSSU56 Analyze User Buffer SYSSUIM User Information System SYSSAP TRANSACTION CODES287T-Code Description ModuleSUPC Roles: Mass generation of profiles SYSSWDC Maintain Administration Data SYSSWI30 Unlock Workflows SYSSWIA Process Work Item as Administrator SYSSWPR Workflow Restart After Error SYS

Page 160: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

SWU2 Transactional RFC SYSSWWL Delete Work Item SYSSXDA Data Transfer Workbench SYSTBB1 Treasury: Post Flows FITBB4 Treasury: Accrual/Deferral of Expenses and Revenues FITBB5 Treasury: Reverse Accrual/Deferral FITBD6 Datafeed: User Log Display SYSTBI1 Create/Change Payment Details FITBI5 Create/Change Standing Instructions Corresp. FITBI5D Standing Instructions Correspondence FITBI6 Create/Change Transaction Authorization FITBI7 Create/Change Derived Flows FITBT1 Create/Change Trans. Authorization for Trader FITBZ1 Create Correspondence on Basis of Planned Records FITBZ11 Correspondence Monitor FITI10 Create Interest Rate Adjustment FITI11 Change Interest Rate Adjustment FITI12 Display Interest Rate Adjustment FITI37 Reverse Interest Rate Adjustment FITI90 Manua; Posting Release FITI93 Manual Posting Block FITJ05 Automatic interest rate adjustment FITJ09 Update Planned Records FITK11 Create Condition Records FITK12 Change Condition Records FITK13 Display Condition Records FISAP TRANSACTION CODES288T-Code Description ModuleTK14 Create Condition Records with Reference FITM_60 Facilities: Lines of Credit and Utilization FITM_60A Facilities: Lines of Credit, Drawings and Fees FITM00 Money Market: Collective Processing FITM1F Deposit at notice fast entry FITM20 Time Deposit - Fast Processing FITM21 Deposits at Notice Cash Flow Update FITM22 Date Check FITMFM Money Market: Generate the Cash Flow FITMR1 Money Market: Position List FITPED Maintain HR Master Data (ESS) HRTPES Display HR Master Data (ESS) HRTPM1 Execute Valuation FITPM10 Fix.. Post or Reverse Transactions FITPM12 Subledger Positions FITPM13 Subledger Cash Flow FITPM18 Fix and Post Derived Business Transactions FITPM2 Reverse Valuation FITPM20 Posting Journal FITPM26 Position List for Quantity Ledger Positions FITPM27 Generate Derived Flows FITPM40 Display Class Cash Flow for Sec. Account FITPM41 Display Securities Account Position List FITPM42 Display Class Position List FITPM44 Treasury Products: Accrual/Deferral of Income FITPM45 Treasury Products: Reverse Accrual/Deferral of Income FI

Page 161: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

TPM57A Display Position Indicator FITPM57C Display Position Indicator FITS00 Securities: Collective Processing FITS01 Create Security Transaction FITS02 Change Security Transaction FISAP TRANSACTION CODES289T-Code Description ModuleTS03 Execute Security Order FITS04 Settle Security Contract FITS07 Reverse Security Transaction FITS08 History of Security Transaction FITU02 Parameter Changes in SAPSYSTEM SYSUSMM System Measurement SYSV.01 Incomplete SD Documents SDV.02 Incomplete SD Documents (Incomplete Orders) SDV.14 Sales Orders/Contracts Blocked for Delivery SDV.15 Backorders SDV.21 Log of Collective Run SDV.23 Release Sales Orders for Billing SDV/03 Create Condition Table (Pricing Sales/Distribution) SDV/04 Change Condition Table (Pricing Sales/Distribution) SDV/05 Display Condition Table (Pricing Sales/Distribution) SDV/06 "Change View ""Conditions: Condition Types"": Overview"SDV/07 "Change View ""Access Sequences"": Overview" SDV/08 "Change View ""Procedures"": Overview" SDV/09 "Change View ""Conditions: Types"": Overview" SDV/10 "Change View ""Access Sequences"": Overview" SDV/11 "Change View ""Procedures"": Overview" SDV/12 Create Condition Table (Accnt Determination Sales/Distribution)SDV/13 Change Condition Table (Accnt Determination Sales/Distribution)SDV/14 Display Condition Table (Accnt Determination Sales/Distribution)SDV/LD Execute Pricing Report SDV_NL Create net price list SDV_R2 Rescheduling of sales and stock transfer documents:EvaluationSDV_UC Selection of Incomplete SD Documents SDSAP TRANSACTION CODES290T-Code Description ModuleV_V2 Rescheduling of sales and stock transfer documents:by materialSDV-61 Create Customer Discount Condition (K007): Fast Entry SDV-64 Display Customer Discount (K007): Selection SDVA00 SAP Easy Access Sales SD

Page 162: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

VA01 Create Sales Order SDVA02 Change Sales Order SDVA03 Display Sales Order SDVA05 List of Sales Orders SDVA07 Selection: Comparison of Orders with PurchaseRequisitions and POsSDVA08 Adjustment sales-purchasing (selection usingorganizational data)SDVA11 Create Inquiry SDVA12 Change Inquiry SDVA13 Display Inquiry SDVA14L Sales Documents Blocked for Deliver SDVA15 List of Inquiries SDVA21 Create Quotation SDVA22 Change Quotation SDVA23 Display Quotation SDVA25 List of Quotations SDVA26 List of Quotations (Follow-up Actions) SDVA31 Create Scheduling Agreement SDVA32 Change Scheduling Agreement SDVA33 Display Scheduling Agreement SDVA35 List of Scheduling Agreements SDVA41 Create Contract SDVA42 Change Contract SDVA42W Change Contract SDVA43 Display Contract SDVA44 Actual Overhead: Calculation: Sales Order SDSAP TRANSACTION CODES291T-Code Description ModuleVA45 List of Contracts SDVA46 List of Contracts (Follow-up Actions) SDVA51 Create Item Proposal SDVA52 Change Item Proposal SDVA53 Display Item Proposal SDVA55 List of Item Proposals SDVA88 Actual Settlement: Sales Orders SDVACF Fiscal year close: Carry forward commitment SDVB01 Create Listing/Exclusion SDVB02 Change Listing/Exclusion SDVB03 Display Listing/Exclusion SDVB11 Create Material Determination SDVB12 Change Material Determination SDVB13 Display Material Determination SDVB21 Create Sales Deal SDVB22 Change Sales Deal SDVB23 Display Sales Deal SDVB25 List of Sales Deals SDVB31 Create Promotion SDVB32 Change Promotion SDVB33 Display Promotion SDVB35 Promotions List SDVB41 Create cross-selling SD

Page 163: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

VB42 Change cross-selling SDVB43 Display cross-selling SDVBG1 Create Material Grouping SDVBG2 Change Material Grouping SDVBG3 Display Material Grouping SDVBK0 SAP Easy Access Material Grouping/Bonus Buy SDVBK1 Create bonus buy SDVBK2 Change bonus buy SDSAP TRANSACTION CODES292T-Code Description ModuleVBK3 Display bonus buy SDVBN1 Create free goods determination SDVBN2 Change free goods determination SDVBN3 Display free goods determination SDVBO1 Create Rebate Agreement SDVBO2 Change Rebate Agreement SDVBO3 Display Rebate Agreement SDVBOF Update Billing Documents SDVC/2 Sales Summary SDVC00 SAP Easy Access Sales Support SDVC01 Create Sales Activity SDVC02 Change Sales Activity SDVC03 Display Sales Activity SDVCC1 Payment Cards: Worklist SDVD01 Customer Create (Sales) SDVD02 Customer Change (Sales) SDVD03 Customer Display (Sales) SDVD04 Customer Account Changes SDVD05 Customer Block/Unblock SDVD06 Customer Flag for Deletion SDVD51 Create Customer-Material Info Record SDVD52 Selection of Customer-Material Info Records (Change) SDVD53 Selection of Customer-Material Info Records (Display) SDVD59 List customer-material-info SDVDH2 Display customer hierarchy SDVF00 SAP Easy Access Billing SDVF01 Create Billing Document SDVF02 Change Billing Document SDVF03 Display Billing Document SDVF04 Maintain Billing Due List SDVF05 List of Billing Documents SDSAP TRANSACTION CODES293T-Code Description ModuleVF11 Cancel Billing Document SDVF21 Create Invoice List SDVF22 Change invoice list SDVF23 Display Invoice List SDVF25 List of Invoice Lists SDVF26 Cancel Invoice List SDVF31 Output from Billing SDVFRB Retro-billing SDVFX3 Release Billing Documents for Accounting SDVG01 Create Group SD

Page 164: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

VG02 Change Group SDVG03 Display Group SDVGK1 Create Group: Documents by Group SDVGK2 Change Group SDVGK3 Display Group SDVGM1 Create Group: Documents by Group SDVI01 Create Shipment Costs SDVI02 Change Shipment Costs SDVI03 Display freight costs SDVI04 Shipment List: Create shipment costs SDVI05 List Shipment Costs: Change Worklist SDVI11 List Shipment Costs: Calculation SDVI12 List Shipment Costs: Settlement SDVI16 Logs in the application log SDVK11 Create Condition Records SDVK12 Change Condition Records SDVK13 Display Condition Records SDVK14 Create Condition Records with Reference SDVKM1 Blocked SD Documents SDVKM2 Released SD Documents SDVKM3 Sales Document SDSAP TRANSACTION CODES294T-Code Description ModuleVKM4 SD Documents SDVKM5 Deliveries SDVKP0 SAP Easy Access Pricing SDVKP1 Change Price Calculation SDVKP5 Create Price Calculation SDVL00 SAP Easy Access Shipping SDVL01N Create Outbound Delivery with Order Reference SDVL01NO Create Outbound Delivery without Order Reference SDVL02N Change Outbound Delivery SDVL03N Display Outbound Delivery SDVL04 Sales Orders/Purchase Orders Worklist: Selection SDVL06 Delivery Monitor SDVL06C Outbound Deliveries for Confirmation SDVL06D Outbound Deliveries for Distribution SDVL06F General Delivery List - Outbound Deliveries SDVL06G Oubound Deliveries for Goods Issue SDVL06I Inbound Delivery Monitor SDVL06IC Inbound Deliveries for Confirmation SDVL06ID Inbound Deliveries for Distribution SDVL06IF List of Inbound Deliveries SDVL06IG Inbound Deliveries for Goods Receipt SDVL06IP Inbound Deliveries for Putaway SDVL06L Outbound Deliveries for Loading SDVL06O Outbound Delivery Monitor SDVL06P Outbound Deliveries for Picking SDVL06T Outbound Deliveries for Transportation Planning SDVL06U Unchecked Outbound Deliveries SDVL08 Report Results of Pick Order SDVL09 Reverse Goods Movement SDVL10 Sales Orders, Fast Display SDVL10A Sales Orders, Fast Display SD

Page 165: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

SAP TRANSACTION CODES295T-Code Description ModuleVL10B Purchase Orders, Fast Display SDVL10H Sales Order and Purchase Order Items SDVL10I Sales and Purch. Order Item Sched. Lines SDVL21 Create Background Jobs for Goods Issue Posting SDVL22 Display change documents of delivery SDVL23N Scheduling reports for background processing SDVL30 SAP Easy Access Inbound Delivery SDVL31N Create Inbound Delivery SDVL32N Change Inbound Delivery SDVL33N Display Inbound Delivery SDVL34 Generation of Inbound Deliveries SDVL35 Create Picking Waves According to Delivery CompareTimesSDVL35_S Create Pick. Waves Acc. To Shpmnts SDVL36 Change Wave Picks SDVL37 Wave Pick Monitor SDVL41 Create Rough Goods Receipt SDVL42 Change Rough GR SDVL43 Display Rough GR SDVLSP Subsequent Outbound-Delivery Split SDVM01 Create hazardous material SDVM02 Change hazardous material SDVM03 Display hazardous material SDVRRE Create Returns Delivery for Repair Order SDVS00 SAP Easy Access Sales Master Data SDVS01 Create scale SDVS02 Change scale SDVS03 Display scale SDVS04 Create scale with reference SDVS05 List Scales SDVS06 List Scales (Shipment Cost) SDSAP TRANSACTION CODES296T-Code Description ModuleVSB1 Inbound Monitor: SD Self-Billing Procedure, StatusWindowSDVT00 SAP Easy Access Transportation SDVT01N Create Shipment SDVT02N Change Shipment SDVT03N Display Shipment SDVT04 Create shipments in collective proc. SDVT05 Logs in the application log SDVT06 Shipment List: Colelctive change shpmt SDVT11 Shipment List: Planning SDVT12 Shipment List: Shipment Completion SDVT16 Shipment List: Check-in SDVT20 Overall Shipment Status Monitor SDVT22 Selection Screen: Change Document Shipment SDVT32 Selection Criteria for Forwarding Agent SDVT70 Messages for Shipments SD

Page 166: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

VV21 Create Output - Condition Records: Shipping SDVV22 Change Output - Condition Records: Shipping SDVV23 Display Output - Condition Records: Shipping SDVV31 Create Output - Condition Records: Billing SDVV32 Change Output - Condition Records: Billing SDVV33 Display Output - Condition Records: Billing SDVV51 Create Output - Condition Records: Sales activities SDVV52 Change Output - Condition Records: Sales activities SDVV53 Display Output - Condition Records: Sales activities SDVV61 Create Output - Condition Records: Handling Units SDVV62 Change Output - Condition Records: Handling Units SDVV63 Display Output - Condition Records: Handling Units SDVV71 Create Output - Condition Records: Transport SDVV72 Change Output - Condition Records: Transport SDVV73 Display Output - Condition Records: Transport SDVVG1 Create Output - Condition Records: Groups SDSAP TRANSACTION CODES297T-Code Description ModuleVVG2 Change Output - Condition Records: Groups SDVVG3 Display Output - Condition Records: Groups SDVX00 SAP Easy Access Foreign Trade / Customs SDVX01N License Create SDVX01X License Create SDVX02N License Change SDVX02X License Change SDVX03N License Display SDVX03X License Display SDVX0C SAP Easy Access Foreign Trade SDW10M SAP Easy Access Retailing SDWA01 Create Allocation Table SDWA02 Change Allocation Table SDWA03 Display Allocation Table SDWA04 Edit allocation table, reply SDWA08 Follow-on Document Generation Allocation Table SDWA11 Allocation Table: Message Bundling / NotificationCreationSDWA21 Allocation Rule Create SDWA22 Allocation Rule Change SDWA23 Allocation Rule Display SDWAK0 SAP Easy Access Promotion SDWAK1 Create promotion SDWAK11 Promotion - display for plant SDWAK12 Maintain promotion items SDWAK14 Promotions for a material SDWAK15 Promotions for a plant SDWAK2 Change promotion SDWAK3 Display promotion SDWAK4 Delete promotion SDWAK5 Promo. Subsequent processing SDWAP1 Appointments: Process Worklist SDSAP TRANSACTION CODES298T-Code Description Module

Page 167: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

WAP2 Appointments: Change SDWAP3 Appointments: Display SDWAP4 Appointments: Overview SDWAP5 Appointment: Change SDWB00 SAP Easy Access Subseq. Settlement, Purchasing -Vendor Rebate ArrangSDWB01 Plant Create SDWB02 Plant Change SDWB03 Plant Display SDWB20 SAP Easy Access SAP Global Trade Management SDWB21 Trading Contract Create SDWB22 Trading Contract Change SDWB23 Trading Contract Display SDWB24 Trading Contract: General Document Overview SDWB25 Trading Contract: General Document Overview SDWB26 Trading Contract: Document Flow SDWB27 Trading Contract: Document Flow SDWB28 Trading contract: Display change documents SDWB2R Global Trade General Control Parameters SDWB60 Create Promotions SDWB61 Change Promotions SDWB62 Display Promotions SDWB63 Delete Promotions SDWB66 Plants in a Class - Maintain Assignment SDWC23 Logistics Invoice Verification - Verification in Background MMWDBI Assortment List: Initialization and Full Version SDWDBM Assortment List.: Manual Request SDWDIS SAP Easy Access Materials Requirements Planning SDWDRD1 Determine Delivery Relationship SDWDRD2 Change Delivery Relationship SDWDRD3 Display Delivery Relationship SDWDRD4 Delete Delivery Relationship SDSAP TRANSACTION CODES299T-Code Description ModuleWE02 IDoc List SYSWE05 IDoc List SYSWE06 Active IDoc Monitoring SYSWE07 IDoc Statistics SYSWE08 "Display View ""File Status: Overview" SYSWE09 IDoc Search for Business Content SYSWE10 IDoc Search for Business Content SYSWE11 Delete IDocs SYSWE12 Modification of Outbound File Triggering Inbound Procg SYSWE14 Process All Selected IDocs (EDI) SYSWE15 Selection Program for Issuing Output SYSWE16 Trigger inbound processing SYSWE17 Trigger status processing SYSWE18 Generate test status file for outbound IDocs SYSWE19 Test tool for IDOC processing SYSWE20 Partner profiles SYSWE21 Ports in IDoc processing SYSWE23 Display Test Catalog Test IDoc Interface SYSWE46 Settings: Error and Status Processing SYS

Page 168: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

WEDI SAP Easy Access IDoc and EDI Basis SYSWEKF SAP Easy Access Purchase Order SDWF10 Create Collective Purchase Order: Selection andControl ParametersMMWF30 Merchandise Distribution: Monitor SDWF40 Delete distribution SDWF50 Adjust Distribution: Selection SDWF60 Create Outbound Deliveries for Merchandise Distribution SDWF70 Create distribution orders - selection SDWFRE Distribution of Returns Among Backorders SDWKK1 Create Market-Basket Price Calculation SDWL00 SAP Easy Access Vendor FIWLCN Delete All Listing Conditions From Layout Module SDSAP TRANSACTION CODES300T-Code Description ModuleWLWB Space Management: Layout Workbench SDWMB1 Create Price Entry SDWMB2 Change Price Entry SDWMB3 Display Price Entry SDWMBE Stock Overview: Value-only Material SDWPCA Payment Cards: Execute Settlement FIWPER POS Interface Monitor SDWPLG Space Management: Display Materials in LayoutModuleSDWPMA Direct requrest for POS outbound SDWPMI POS Outbound: Initialization SDWPMU POS Interface - Outbound: Change Message SDWPUF POS Simulation: Accounting Documents - Items SDWPUK POS Simulation: Selection SDWPUS Simulation: Inbound Processing SDWPUW Goods Movements SDWSE4 Material Discontinuation (Material/Plant Discontinuation) SDWSK1 Assortment Copy Assortment SDWSL0 Material Groups - Material - Assortments ConsistencyCheckSDWSL1 Listing Conditions SDWSL11 Evaluation of Listing Conditions SDWSL5 Modules in Assortment SDWSL7 Material List of a Vendor for Assortment SDWSM4A Automatic Relisting Via Changes to Assortment MasterDataSDWSM8 Reorganize Listing Conditions By Material Group SDWSM9 Deletion of Obsolete Listing Conditions SDWSO1 Assortment Module Create SDWSO5 Assortment Module assignment to Assortment: Maintn SDWSO7 Assortment Module assignment to Assortment: Display SDWSOA1 Create Assortment SDSAP TRANSACTION CODES301T-Code Description Module

Page 169: erpsapbi.weebly.comerpsapbi.weebly.com/.../17197490/sap_transaction.docx  · Web viewused. You should also note that a typical user usually executes

WSOA2 Change Assortment SDWSOA3 Display Assortment SDWSP4 Create Individual Listing Material/Assortment SDWSP5 Change Individual Listing Material/Assortment SDWSP6 Delete Individual Listing Material/Assortment SDWSPL Display/edit material master segments that cannot begeneratedSDWVA1 Create Planned mark-up SDWVA2 Change Planned mark-up SDWVA3 Display Planned mark-up SDWVA7 Display Planned markup (Price list) SDWVFB Simulation Store Orders: Header Data Selection SDWVFD Send physical inventory document SDWVFI Simulation: Store Physical Inventory/Sales PriceChangeSDWVM2 Transfer of Stock and Sales Data SDWVN0 Pricing Worklist: Generate SDWVN1 Release Worklist for Material SDWWM1 Create Product Catalog SDWWM2 Change Product Catalog SDWWM3 Display Product Catalog SDWWM4 Copy Product Catalog SDWWM5 Delete Product Catalog SDWWP1 Planning Workbench (Online Planning) PPWWP3 Planning Workbench (Order Cancellation) PPXD01 Customer Create FIXD02 Customer Change FIXD03 Customer Display FIXD04 Customer Account Changes FIXD05 Customer Block/Unblock FIXD06 Customer Flag for Deletion FIXD07 Change Account Group FISAP TRANSACTION CODES302T-Code Description ModuleXD99 Mass Maintenance: Customers FIXDN1 Customer Number Ranges FIXEIP Number Range for Export/Import FIXK01 Create Vendor FIXK02 Change Vendor FIXK03 Display Vendor FIXK04 Vendor Account Changes FIXK05 Block/Unblock Vendor FIXK06 Flag for Deletion Vendor FIXK07 Change Account Group FIXK99 Mass Maintenance: Vendors FI